Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2025 Infrastructure Design and Construction StandardsCITY OF TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 2025 Available Online at: https://www.tukwilawa.gov/ Revision date: 1o/i9/2o25 THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY Revision date: 10/19/2025 MAYOR THOMAS McLEOD CITY COUNCIL TOSH SHARP ARMEN PAPYAN HANNAH HEDRICK DENNIS MARTINEZ MOHAMED ABDI VERNA SEAL JOE TORRES CAMACHO (PRO TEM FOR JOVITA McCONNELL) PREPARED BY PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT JEN TETATZIN, PE, PMP, DIRECTOR AND CITY ENGINEER BRYAN STILL, OPERATIONS MANAGER Revision date: 1o/i9/2o25 REVISION LOG DATE SUMMARY OF CHANGES 10/19/2025 ■ UPDATES TO: STORMWATER MANUAL REFERENCE, POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN REQUIREMENTS, WATER VALVE, LINE TAP, AND METER VAULT STANDARDS, GREASE TRAP SPECIFICATIONS, STREET LIGHT STANDARDS ■ REFLECT CHANGE FROM SENSITIVE TO CRITICAL AREAS ■ REMOVES REQUIREMENT FOR PHYSICAL RECORD DRAWINGS ■ UPDATED PERMITTING PROCEDURES ■ NEW DEVIATION REQUEST FORM Revision date: 1o/i9/2o25 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS Contents CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1 SECTION 1.0 PURPOSE 1 SECTION 1.1 AUTHORITY 1 SECTION 1.2 REVISIONS 1 SECTION 1.3 REFERENCES, STANDARDS, AND CODES 1 1.3.1 ALL PROJECTS 2 1.3.2 STREETS 3 1.3.3 SURFACE WATER 3 1.3.4 FLOOD ZONE CONTROL 3 1.3.5 WATER SUPPLY 3 1.3.6 SANITARY SEWER 4 CHAPTER 2 DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES 1 SECTION 2.0 ERRORS AND OMISSIONS 1 SECTION 2.1 PERMITS 1 SECTION 2.2 FEES 1 2.2.1 PERMIT 1 2.2.2 PAVEMENT MITIGATION 1 2.2.3 TRANSPORTATION IMPACT FEES 2 2.2.4 INDEPENDENT REVIEW 2 2.2.5 CONNECTION CHARGES 2 2.2.6 CAPACITY CHARGES 2 2.2.7 OVERTIME FEES 3 2.2.8 SPECIAL BILLING FEES 3 SECTION 2.3 SUBMITTALS 3 2.3.1 PLANS 3 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 2.3.2 SPECIFICATIONS 3 2.3.3 PLAN CHECKLIST 3 2.3.4 EROSION PREVENTION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN 4 2.3.5 POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 4 2.3.6 PROJECT SCHEDULE 4 2.3.7 WORK IN RIGHT-OF-WAY 5 2.3.8 TECHNICAL INFORMATION REPORT (SURFACE WATER) 6 2.3.9 GEOTECHNICAL REPORT 6 2.3.10 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 2.3.11 RIVERBANK STABILITY ANALYSIS 7 2.3.12 SANITARY SEWER 8 2.3.13 FINANCIAL GUARANTEE 8 2.3.14 INSURANCE 9 2.3.15 HOLD HARMLESS 9 2.3.16 EASEMENT(S) 9 2.3.17 PROPERTY DEDICATION 10 2.3.18 MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT(S) 10 2.3.19 PERMITS FROM OTHER AGENCIES 10 2.3.20 DEVELOPER AGREEMENT 10 2.3.21 DEVELOPER REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT (LATECOMER AGREEMENT) 11 SECTION 2.4 CONSTRUCTION 11 2.4.1 MATERIALS 11 2.4.2 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 12 2.4.3 CONSTRUCTION ON EASEMENT 12 2.4.4 RIGHT-OF-WAY 12 2.4.5 TRENCH EXCAVATION 13 2.4.6 STOP WORK ORDER 14 ii INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 2.4.7 INSPECTIONS 14 SECTION 2.5 FINAL PROJECT APPROVAL 16 2.5.1 WORK COMPLETION 16 2.5.2 PERMANENT STABILIZATION 16 2.5.3 FLOOD CERTIFICATE 16 2.5.4 FINANCIAL GUARANTEE 16 2.5.5 TURNOVER DOCUMENTS 16 2.5.6 RECORD DRAWINGS 17 2.5.7 SURVEY DATUM 17 CHAPTER 3 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 1 SECTION 3.0 GENERAL 1 SECTION 3.1 RECORD DRAWINGS 1 SECTION 3.2 DRAFTING STANDARDS 1 3.2.1 PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER 1 3.2.2 SUBMITTAL OF PLANS 1 3.2.3 SHEET SIZE 2 3.2.4 TEXT 2 3.2.5 LINE STYLE 2 3.2.6 MONUMENTS 2 3.2.7 DATUM 2 3.2.8 TITLE BLOCK 3 3.2.9 SCALE 3 3.2.10 LABELED RECORD DRAWING 3 SECTION 3.3 DESIGN ELEMENTS 3 SECTION 3.4 DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 4 3.4.1 CRITICAL AREAS 4 3.4.2 FLOOD ZONE 4 iii INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 3.4.3 SEWER SEPARATION 4 3.4.4 SURFACE WATER 5 3.4.5 STREAM CROSSING 5 3.4.6 WATER COURSE RELOCATION 5 3.4.7 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL (ESC) PLAN 5 3.4.8 POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 5 3.4.9 LOW IMPACT DEVELOPMENT (LID) 6 CHAPTER 4 STREETS 1 SECTION4.0 GENERAL 1 4.0.1 TRANSPORTATION ELEMENT 1 4.0.2 MANUFACTURING/INDUSTRIALCENTER 1 4.0.3 DEVELOPMENT SITES 1 4.0.4 FRONTAGE IMPROVEMENTS 1 4.0.5 RIGHTS -OF -WAY, EASEMENTS, AND IMPROVEMENTS 3 4.0.6 DEAD END STREETS 3 4.0.7 GRADE 3 4.0.8 PARKING LOTS 3 4.0.9 Bus 4 4.0.10 UTILITY RELOCATION 4 4.0.11 NON -MOTORIZED FACILITIES 4 4.0.12 NEW STREETS 5 4.0.13 HALF STREET 5 4.0.14 ALLEYS 5 4.0.15 SIGHT DISTANCE 5 4.0.16 PAVEMENTS AND PERMEABLE PAVEMENTS 5 SECTION 4.1 PRIVATE STREETS 6 SECTION 4.2 PUBLIC STREETS 6 IV INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 4.2.1 GEOMETRIC DESIGN 6 4.2.2 ALIGNMENT AND CONNECTIONS 6 4.2.3 STREET INTERSECTIONS 7 4.2.4 UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 7 4.2.5 ACCESS 8 4.2.6 RIGHT-OF-WAY VEGETATION 8 SECTION 4.3 I LLUM I NATION 9 4.3.1 GENERAL 9 4.3.2 MATERIALS 9 4.33 INSTALLATION 10 SECTION 4.4 TRAFFIC SIGNALS 10 4.4.1 GENERAL 10 4.4.2 MATERIALS 10 4.4.3 INSTALLATION 12 SECTION4.5 SIGNS AND MARKINGS 12 4.5.1 MATERIALS 12 4.5.2 INSTALLATION 13 CHAPTER 5 SURFACE WATER 1 SECTION 5.0 DESIGN STANDARDS 1 5.0.1 SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL 1 SECTION 5.1 WATER QUALITY TREATMENT 2 SECTION 5.2 STORMWATER FACILITY DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 2 SECTION 5.3 STORM COMPREHENSIVE SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN 3 SECTION 5.4 OFFSITE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS 3 SECTION 5.5 STREAMS (TMC 18.45.100) 3 SECTION 5.6 STREAM CROSSINGS 3 SECTION 5.7 NPDES 4 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS SECTION 5.8 STRUCTURES, LIDS, AND GRATES 4 SECTION 5.9 OUTFALLS 4 SECTION 5.10 EROSION PREVENTION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 5 SECTION 5.11 NOT USED 6 SECTION 5.12 SURFACE WATER MAPS 7 5.12.1 MAP 1 - FLOW CONTROL DRAINAGE BASINS 7 CHAPTER 6 FLOOD ZONE SECTION 6.0 GENERAL 6.0.1 BASE FLOOD ELEVATION 6.0.2 BOUNDARY INTERPRETATION 1 6.0.3 WATER COURSE RELOCATION 1 6.0.4 REQUIRED INFORMATION 2 SECTION 6.1 STANDARDS 2 6.1.1 GENERAL 2 6.1.2 ANCHORING 2 6.1.3 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND METHODS 3 6.1.4 UTILITIES 3 6.1.5 SUBDIVISIONS 3 6.1.6 RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION 4 6.1.7 NONRESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION 4 6.1.8 MANUFACTURED HOMES 4 6.1.9 RECREATIONAL VEHICLES 5 SECTION 6.2 FLOODWAYS 5 SECTION 6.3 CRITICAL FACILITY 6 CHAPTER 7 WATER SUPPLY SECTION 7.0 GENERAL 7.0.1 COMPREHENSIVE WATER PLAN 1 vi INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 7.0.2 SYSTEM PRESSURE 1 7.0.3 METERING 1 7.0.4 WELLS 2 7.0.5 COMBINATION SYSTEMS 2 7.0.6 FIRE AND LOOPED SYSTEM 2 7.0.7 RECLAIMED WATER 2 7.0.8 SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS 2 7.0.9 MAINTENANCE 3 SECTION 7.1 METERED SERVICE 3 7.1.1 GENERAL 3 7.1.2 3/4" AND 1" SERVICE 3 7.1.3 1-1/2" AND 2" SERVICE 4 7.1.4 3", 4", AND 6" SERVICE 4 7.1.5 BRASS FITTING MATERIALS 5 7.1.6 TEMPORARY WATER METER 6 SECTION 7.2 WATER MAIN 6 7.2.1 GENERAL 6 7.2.1.1. WATER/SEWER SEPARATION 6 7.2.1.2. WATER/SEWER CROSSING 7 7.2.1.3. NEW WATER MAINS 7 7.2.1.4. PIPE SIZE 7 7.2.1.5. LOOP SYSTEMS 8 7.2.1.6. TRAFFIC AREAS 8 7.2.2 MATERIAL 8 7.2.3 VALVES 8 7.2.4 BLOCKING 9 7.2.5 LINE TAPS 9 VII INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 7.2.6 MARKERBALL INSTALLATION 10 SECTION 7.3 FIRE LINE/HYDRANT 12 SECTION 7.4 CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL 13 7.4.1 GENERAL 13 7.4.2 NEW CONNECTIONS 13 7.4.3 EXISTING CONNECTIONS 14 7.4.4 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM 14 SECTION 7.5 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL 15 7.5.1 WATER MAIN TESTING 15 7.5.2 FLUSH AND DISINFECT 15 SECTION 7.6 WATER DISTRICT BOUNDARIES 17 CHAPTER 8 SANITARY SEWER 1 SECTION 8.0 GENERAL 1 8.o.i COMPREHENSIVE SEWER PLAN 1 8.0.2 SANITARY SEWER EXTENSION 1 8.0.3 SEPTIC TANKS 1 8.0.4 CONNECTION TO METRO SEWER 2 8.0.5 INDUSTRIAL SEWER CONNECTION 2 8.0.6 MATERIALS 2 8.0.7 SIZING 2 8.0.8 SEWER/WATER SEPARATION 3 8.0.9 SEWER/WELL SEPARATION 3 8.0.10 MINIMUM SEWER SLOPES 3 SECTION 8.1 SIDE (LATERAL) SEWER 4 8.1.1 GENERAL 4 8.1.2 MATERIAL 4 8.1.3 INSTALLATION 4 VIII INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS SECTION 8.2 SEWER MAIN 5 8.2.1 MATERIAL 5 8.2.2 INSTALLATION 5 8.2.3 INSPECTION AND TESTING 5 SECTION 8.3 MANHOLES 6 8.3.1 MATERIALS 6 8.3.2 INSTALLATION 6 SECTION 8.4 GREASE INTERCEPTOR 7 SECTION 8.5 SEWER DISTRICT BOUNDARIES 8 CHAPTER 9 STANDARD DETAILS 1 SECTION 9.o STREET STANDARD DETAILS 1 SECTION 9.1 GENERAL UTILITY DETAILS 1 SECTION 9.2 SURFACE WATER STANDARD DETAILS 1 SECTION 9.3 WATER SUPPLY STANDARD DETAILS 1 SECTION 9.4 SANITARY SEWER STANDARD DETAILS 2 SECTION 9.5 LOW IMPACT DESIGN (LID) STANDARD DETAILS 1 APPENDIXA DEFINITIONS 1 APPENDIX B STANDARD CONSTRUCTION PLAN NOTES 1 APPENDIX C PLAN REVIEW CHECKLISTS 1 APPENDIX D REVISION REQUEST FORM 1 APPENDIX E PREFERRED BIORETENTION PLANTS 1 APPENDIX F MARKERBALL INSTALLATION LOG 1 APPENDIX G DEVIATION REQUEST FORM 1 ix INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION SECTION t.0 PURPOSE These standards are intended to ensure consistent design and construction requirements and adherence to the City's comprehensive plans. It is this City's policy to maintain a high level of quality in the construction of public facilities. The standards detailed herein have been prepared to foster consistent requirements of quality and value for both public and private construction, and are to be applied to both. The standards in this document set forth the minimum criteria and specifications for both public and private construction projects. In addition, these standards provide the minimum design and construction requirements for utility and street improvements to be accepted by the City of Tukwila. The Director may substitute more stringent design standards and specifications where special conditions warrant. The Director, or their Designee, may relax these standards upon approval of a variance. These standards shall not substitute for engineering design, nor are these standards intended to limit innovative design where equal performance in value, safety, and maintenance economy can be demonstrated. SECTION Li AUTHORITY Ordinance 1783, filed with the City Clerk, authorizes the Public Works Department to create and to amend these Standards. SECTION 1.2 REVISIONS The City periodically reviews and revises the Standards. Additionally, anyone may submit to the Director a written request for a revision to these standards. The request shall include a brief description of the revision, justification for the revision, and a copy of the proposed text or drawing. If the revision is accepted, the Director revises these standards at the periodic review. The revision request form is in Appendix D. SECTION 1.3 REFERENCES, STANDARDS, AND CODES The following lists of references, standards, and codes provide the basis for design and construction requirements for residential, commercial, or industrial development, or construction of public infrastructure within the City. Where conflicts in design and construction requirements arise, these Infrastructure Design and Construction Revision date: io/19/2025 1-1 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS Standards (Standards) prevail for all publicly owned or maintained assets and all work in the public right of way. 1.3.1 ALL PROJECTS The City of Tukwila recognizes and uses the most current edition of the following references, standards, and codes. 1. City of Tukwila Standards 2. City of Tukwila Municipal Code 3. City of Tukwila Comprehensive Plans, including Sewer, Water, Surface Water, Land Use 4. Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, prepared by the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association and the Washington State Department of Transportation (Standard Specifications) 5. Local Agency General Special Provisions (GSP's) as part of the Standard Specifications 6. Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation 7. Washington State Department of Transportation Bridge Design Manual (LRFD) 8. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), U.S. Department of Transportation as amended and approved by Washington State Department of Transportation 9. King County Surface Water Design Manual 10. The City's NPDES Phase II permit and Construction Stormwater General Permit 11. Critical Area Master Plan Overlay (TMC 18.45) 12. State and National Environmental Policy Acts 13. Shoreline Management Act, State of Washington 14. Tukwila and King County Shoreline Master Plans 15. WISHA - Washington Industrial Safety & Health Administration 16. OSHA - Occupational Safety & Health Administration 17. All other federal, state, and local requirements including, but not limited to: a. Right of Entry Agreements b. Geotechnical lnvestigation c. Utility coordination and Agreements d. Applicable WSDOT and Railroad ROW work permits e. Noise variance permits for contracts requiring night work Revision date: 109/2o25 1-2 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS In cases where the above references, standards, and codes do not cover elements of the project design and construction, the City recognizes and uses the most current edition of the following: 1.3.2 STREETS 1. AASHTO, A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets 2. AASHTO Guide for the Development of Bicycle Facilities 3. AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications 4. AASHTO LRFD Bridge Construction Specifications 5. WSDOT Design Manual 6. WSDOT Construction Manual 7. WSDOT Highway Runoff Manual 8. WSDOT Pedestrian Facilities Guidebook 9. WSDOT Local Agency Guidelines 10. WSDOT Bridge Design Manual 11. NEC- National Electrical Code 12. IMSA - International Municipal Signal Association 13. City of Tukwila Walk and Roll Plan 14. City of Tukwila Local Road Safety Plan 1.3.3 SURFACE WATER 1. Washington State Department of Fish and Wildlife Requirements 2. King County Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual 3. King County Surface Water Design Manual, current edition 4. Department of Ecology Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington (for WSDOT projects) 1.3.4 FLOOD ZONE CONTROL 1. Flood Insurance Study, current revision, Federal Emergency Management Agency 2. King County Flood Hazard Policy 3. King County Riverbank Stabilization Guidelines 4. Green River Management (A.G.#85-043) 5. City of Tukwila Allentown Policy #2000-o1 Revision 1 1.3.5 WATER SUPPLY 1. American Water Works Association Standards, Accepted Procedure and Practice, AWWA Revision date: 109/2o25 1-3 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 2. Manual of Cross -Connection Control, Foundation for Cross -Connection Control and Hydraulic Research 3. Backflow Prevention Assemblies Approved for Installation in Washington State, Washington State Department of Health 4. City of Tukwila Cross Connection Control Program Policy #99-ol 5. Standards and specifications of all districts providing service within the City 6. Uniform Plumbing Code 1.3.6 SANITARY SEWER 1. Criteria for Sewerage Works Design, Washington State Department of Ecology 2. Uniform Plumbing Code 3. Standards and specifications of all sewer districts providing service within the City Revision date: 109/2o25 1-4 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS CHAPTER 2 DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES SECTION 2.0 ERRORS AND OMISSIONS At the Director's discretion, any significant error or omission in the approved plans, or information used as a basis for approval, will constitute grounds for withdrawal of any permit approvals and/or stoppage of any or all of the permitted work. The Permittee shall show cause why such work should continue and make such changes in plans as required by the Director. SECTION 2.1 PERMITS The property owner or authorized agent shall obtain all required permits from the City of Tukwila Permit Center prior to commencing construction, expansion, alteration, repair, relocation, demolition, or change of use to any site or structure, unless the work is expressly exempted in the TMC. The Permit Center will coordinate review and approval with the appropriate City divisions and approval authorities. Development design and construction shall meet all of the applicable standards, codes, and recommendations required in technical reports, such as the geotechnical report, the traffic impact analysis, and the surface water Technical Information Report. The Director may require submittals in addition to those described in this chapter. Any significant changes to the approved plans or specifications of a permitted project require a REVISION submittal to the City for approval. SECTION 2.2 FEES 2.2.1 PERMIT The City establishes and collects fees as set forth in the fee schedule adopted by the City Council. Refer to TMC Title 16 and the Permit Center website for current fees and application procedures. 2.2.2 PAVEMENT MITIGATION The City calculates the square footage used to determine a pavement mitigation fee according to the following: Revision date: io/19/2o25 2-1 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 1. For repairs requiring 8noverlay, the City uses the total square feet Ufoverlay. 2. For pavement repair, the City uses the cut area plus two feet Oneach side of the cut. 3. Public Works may adjust this fee when the actual field measurements differ from the proposed measurements shown Onthe permit application. Any adjustment tOthe mitigation fees must be completed before the Final Inspection. Refer tUPermit Center Bulletins for 8more complete description of Pavement Mitigation fees. 2.2.3 TRANSPORTATION IMPACT FEES Consistent with the Comprehensive Plan, the Six -year Transportation Pl8n8nd the Capital Improvement Plan, transportation impact fees help ensure that new development bears its proportionate share of transportation facilities necessitated bythe new development. The fee applies toany construction, reconstruction, conversion, structural a|tenation, relocation orenlargement of any structure that requires abuilding permit and generates any new transportation trips. The transportation impact fee ischarged toeach development according toanimpact fee schedule based ondefined zones. The fees are assessed as part of the building permit and are due and payable before the permit is issued. Refer to TMC 9.48 and the Permit Center website for current fees and application procedures. 2.2.4 INDEPENDENT REVIEW Depending onthe site conditions and design complexity, reports submitted to the City may receive independent review. The Applicant pays the review fee. 2.2.5 CONNECTION CHARGES Some City water and sewer services have special connection charges. When these charges apply, the Applicant shall provide alegal description ofthe property toaid incalculating the charges. 2.2.6 CAPACITY CHARGES King County Metro determines the sanitary sewer capacity charge based on the information provided onthe Sewer Use Certification form. For new construction within the City's service area and for all tenant improvements within the city limits, the Applicant submits 8 completed Sewer Use Certification form. This form is available in Public Works. Upon completion of the project vvOrk' Public Revision date: 10/19/2025 2-2 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 2.2.7 OVERTIME FEES Inspections that occur during non -regular business hours are subject to "after hours" inspection fees. The Director determines when these inspections are allowed. The fees are charged at the inspector's overtime -hourly rate and include vehicle, overhead, and expense charges. 2.2.8 SPECIAL BILLING FEES The City shall charge for any work or services provided by Public Works, such as traffic control or utility relocation, which occurs under an Authorization for Special Billing or provided by Public Works as a response to infrastructure damage during construction. SECTION 2.3 SUBMITTALS 2.3.1 PLANS Plans submitted for engineering review and approval, except for single family residences that are not in or adjacent to a critical area and that do not trigger surface water drainage review, shall be prepared, signed, stamped, and dated by a Washington State registered Professional Engineer. These plans must be submitted to the City for plan review and approval prior to the commencement of any construction. The assigned engineering division will review all submittals for compliance with these Standards. Plan approval does not relieve the Applicant, the Applicant's Engineer, or the Contractor from responsibility for ensuring that all facilities are safe and that calculations, plans, specifications, construction drawings, record drawings, and as -built information complies with normal engineering standards, these Standards, and applicable federal, state, and local laws and codes. Refer to Appendix C for a plan completeness checklist. 2.3.2 SPECIFICATIONS Specifications shall be submitted with the plans, when the plans and notes do not adequately describe the proposed work and materials. 2.3.3 PLAN CHECKLIST A completed Plan Checklist may be submitted with the plans. The engineer should use the Plan Checklist to ensure the plans meet the specific minimum requirements. A Plan Checklist is included as Appendix C. Revision date: 109/2o25 2-3 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 2.3.4 EROSION PREVENTION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN Any project that will clear, grade, or otherwise disturb a site must provide erosion prevention and sediment controls to prevent, as much as possible, sediment transportation offsite to downstream drainage facilities and water resources, or onto other properties. The erosion prevention and sediment control plan shall meet or exceed the standards in the adopted King County Surface Water Design Manual. 2.3.5 POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN Any construction project that includes any of the following activities must provide best management practices to prevent pollution: 1. Dewatering 2. Paving 3. Structure construction and painting 4. Material delivery, use, or storage (soil, pesticides, herbicides, fertilizers, detergent, plaster, petroleum products, acids, lime, paints, solvents, curing compounds) 5. Solid waste 6. Hazardous waste 7. Contaminated soils 8. Concrete waste 9. Sanitary/septic waste 1o. Vehicle or equipment cleaning, fueling, or maintenance 2.3.6 PROJECT SCHEDULE A. The project schedule shall include the proposed sequence and expected start and end dates for all major activities. The schedule shall include installation of temporary and permanent erosion prevention and sediment control measures and schedules for monitoring, operation, and maintenance of these measures. B. Seasonal restrictions and requirements Dates Requirement or Restriction May 1 - Sep 3o (Dry season) Provide temporary and permanent cover measures to protect disturbed areas that will remain unworked for seven days or more. Revision date: 109/2o25 2-4 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS Oct 1 - Apr 3o (Wet season) Provide temporary and permanent cover measures to protect disturbed areas that will remain unworked for two days or more. No later than Oct 8 Seed all areas that will remain unworked during the wet season. Mulch all seeded areas. 3rd Thursday in Nov - Jan 2 (Holiday season) Traffic lane closures in the Tukwila Urban Center are prohibited. 2.3.7 WORK IN RIGHT-OF-WAY Required permit application submittals when proposing work within City right-of- way include the following (TMC 11.08): A. Applicant/Owner information 1. Applicant name, address, phone number, email address 2. Owner name, address, phone number (if not the Applicant) B. Activity Description 1. Cut and fill volumes 2. Location 3. Proposed use 4. Excavation method and areas, surface and subsurface 5. Restoration method 6. Start and end dates and expected duration C. Plans, profiles, cross sections D. Copy of franchise agreement, easement, encroachment permit, license or other legal authorization E. Document from Owner and Applicant saying they are in compliance F. Hold Harmless Agreement G. Traffic control plan H. City of Tukwila business license I. Copy of the contractor estimate or engineer estimate for the activity being permitted. The City will review and may adjust. Any fee adjustment will be made when the permit is issued J. Application fee K. Comprehensive general liability insurance with limits not less than $2,000,000, naming City of Tukwila as additional insured L. Business automobile liability insurance with limits not less than $1,000,000 M. Contractor's pollution liability insurance, on an occurrence form, with limits not less than $1,000,000 each occurrence and deductible not more than $25,000 Revision date: 109/2o25 2-5 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS N. Corporate surety bond, cash deposit or letter of credit for 150% of the value of the right-of-way work to be done, in order to guarantee faithful performance of the permitted work O. Maintenance Bond - Two years - minimum io% of construction costs 2.3.8 TECHNICAL INFORMATION REPORT (SURFACE WATER) The scope of drainage review varies with the project complexity and potential surface water impacts. Refer to the adopted King County Surface Water Design Manual to determine Technical Information Report and design requirements appropriate for the project. 2.3.9 GEOTECHNICAL REPORT A geotechnical report helps determine if the proposal for a site is appropriate. A geotechnical report contains information used to design retaining walls, foundations, permeable pavements, hazardous waste facilities, and infiltration systems, such as trench drains, sand filters and septic drain fields. Geotechnical reports also supply information for settlement analysis, liquefaction, structural fill, and storm water design. The report shall meet the City's current critical area, Public Works, and Uniform Building Code requirements. The City may require a geotechnical investigation and report based on the nature of the proposal. All of the following require a geotechnical investigation and report prepared by a Geotechnical Engineer. A. Unless waived by the Building Official: 1. All new buildings except a residential structure that falls under the International Residential Code 2. Any structure, including a rockery, that retains a surcharge 3. Any retaining structure, including a rockery, that is over four feet above existing grade 4. Grease interceptors that are -woo gallons or larger 5. Surface water retention/detention structures, including bioretention and permeable pavements B. Unless waived by the Department of Community Development Director: 1. Any work on sites containing or adjacent to slopes that are 15% or steeper 2. Grading that requires environmental review under the State Environmental Policy Act C. Unless waived by the Public Works Director: 1. Surface water infiltration, including bioretention and permeable pavements Revision date: 109/2o25 2-6 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 2. Riverbank Stability (Ordinance 2038) 3. Hazardous Waste Facility Design The reporting requirements for single-family permits may be waived, if a report for the site meeting the City of Tukwila's criteria has been filed less than five years before the date of application and the Geotechnical Engineer who signed the report prepares a written letter stating the report is still applicable to the site and currently proposed project. Similarly, reporting requirements may be waived for single-family permits if the applicant can demonstrate, to the City's satisfaction, that soil or groundwater conditions at or near the site pose little or no risk. 2.3.10 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN Prior to beginning any activity which might affect City right-of-way, the Applicant/Permittee shall provide the City, for review and approval, a traffic control plan that meets MUTCD standards. The traffic control plan shall accurately reflect existing site conditions including accesses, channelization, sidewalks, bike/pedestrian paths, bus stops and such. The Applicant must provide the location, address and description of expected traffic flow during the proposed work. Refer to section 2.4.4-F for City Right -Of -Way work restrictions. 2.3.11 RIVERBANK STABILITY ANALYSIS As part of the Flood Control Zone permit application, the Applicant must provide a riverbank stability analysis for projects adjacent to the Green/Duwamish River, whenever the natural riverbank is expected to provide bank protection for the life of the project. A geotechnical engineer must prepare the analysis. The geotechnical engineer must certify that the riverbank is stable for the lifetime of the proposed project. The analysis scope will vary with the site conditions. All elevations shall use the same datum as the FZCP submittal. The analysis report shall include assessment of current conditions, conclusions, and construction recommendations. At a minimum, the report shall include: A. Site map showing location of riverbank cross -sections, structures, roads, drainage, wells, septic tanks, utilities, and other significant features at the project site. B. Riverbank cross -sections at intervals sufficient to provide accurate detail for analysis. Cross sections should show the top -of -bank, grade -breaks, toe -of - bank, and, whenever feasible, streambed geometry. Revision date: 109/2o25 2-7 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS C. Soil strength and erodibility parameters, current slope stability and expected slope stability during rapid drawdown, including factors of safety. Provide possible failure modes and failure causes. D. Discussion of risk and possible environmental effects, both locally and downstream. E. Prevention measures, repair and monitoring requirements. 2.3.12 SANITARY SEWER Projects may require submittal of any of the following: A. King County Sewer Use Certification form for new or modified facilities, B. South King County Health Department septic system approval for construction on a site having a septic tank, C. Copy of King County Industrial Waste Discharge approval for gas stations and some industrial operations that discharge to a sanitary sewer, D. Septic tank abandonment documentation, E. Copy of King County Department of Natural Resources approval for direct side sewer connection to interceptor lines. 2.3.13 FINANCIAL GUARANTEE A. For work in the right-of-way Applicant shall provide: 1. A corporate surety bond, cash deposit or letter of credit for 150% of the value of the proposed right-of-way work, in order to guarantee faithful performance of the permitted work. 2. A corporate surety bond, cash deposit or letter of credit for io% (minimum) of the value of the right-of-way work, to guarantee workmanship and materials for two years following completion of work. B. For hauling, the applicant shall provide a $2,00o financial guarantee to assure clean up and repair of any damage. C. For moving an oversize load, the applicant shall provide a $5,000 financial guarantee to assure repair of any damage. D. For subdivisions, short plats, or projects containing or abutting critical areas, the Owner shall provide a corporate surety bond, cash deposit or letter of credit for 150% of the total cost of the proposed work to guarantee performance of proposed work. E. For street lighting as part of subdivision, the Owner shall provide financial guarantee according to TMC 11.12.110. F. The Director may require a financial guarantee for io% of the project costs for erosion prevention and sediment control on projects which clear more than 600o square feet or contain or abut critical areas such as Class 2 or steeper slopes, wetlands, or critical drainage. Revision date: 109/2o25 2-8 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 2.3.14 INSURANCE A. Permittee performing work within City right-of-way shall provide proof of the following insurance, showing the City as additional insured: 1. Comprehensive general liability insurance with limits not less than $2,000,000. 2. Business automobile liability insurance with limits not less than $1,000,000. 3. Contractor's pollution liability insurance, on an occurrence form, with limits not less than $1,000,000 each occurrence and deductible not more than $25,000. B. If the Director determines the nature of any work is such that it may create a hazard to human life, endanger adjoining property, street, street improvement, or any other public property, the Director may require the applicant to file a certificate of insurance. The Director, based on the nature of the risks involved, shall determine the amount of insurance. 2.3.15 HOLD HARMLESS The Applicant shall complete a hold harmless agreement for activities in the right-of-way, for activities in or near a critical area, and for major deviation from City standards. Hold harmless agreements are available in Public Works. 2.3.16 EASEMENT(S) The City reviews and approves all easements prior to recording with King County Records. For easements granted to the City, the legal description(s) and exhibit(s) shall be prepared and stamped by a land surveyor, or professional engineer registered in Washington State. The easement document shall include the easement legal description and a site plan showing the easement location, and shall specify maintenance responsibility, when applicable. (TMC 11.12.050) A. Utility Water, sewer, drainage facilities, minimum 20 feet wide, generally, ten feet either side of the centerline of the facility. Additional width may be required to accommodate maintenance. Utility easements adjacent to public right-of-way shall be ten feet wide. B. Traffic Where needed for purposes of traffic safety or access to schools, playgrounds, urban trails, shopping facilities, or other community facilities, Revision date: 109/2o25 2-9 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS public easements for bikeways or walkways, not Tess than ten feet in width, will be provided. C. Levee access All proposed development adjacent to the Green River shall, as part of their permit submittal, grant access and maintenance easements for existing or future dikes/levees and riverbanks along the Green River. The City, in cooperation with King County, shall determine these easement locations and widths. D. Non -motorized easements The easement shall be wide enough to include the trail plus at least two feet on each side. 2.3.17 PROPERTY DEDICATION The City may require right-of-way dedication to incorporate necessary transportation improvements. Property shall be deeded to the City using a statutory warranty deed. The dedication must be accompanied by a Title report Tess than 6 months old and a completed excise tax affidavit. 2.3.18 MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT(S) A. Before final project approval, the property owner or authorized agent shall provide Maintenance Agreements, in recordable format, for common improvements such as access, utilities, surface water elements, and cul-de- sac landscape island. B. For street lighting as part of subdivision, the Owner shall provide financial guarantee according to TMC 11.12.110. 2.3.19 PERMITS FROM OTHER AGENCIES It is the Applicant's responsibility to obtain permits from outside agencies such as WDFW, Department of Natural Resources, Corps of Engineers, Department of Ecology, Department of Health, WSDOT or FEMA. Proof of other required permits is required prior to the City issuing permit approval. 2.3.2o DEVELOPER AGREEMENT The City and the Developer shall enter a Developer Agreement whenever required by the City. The Developer Agreement shall be written and signed before the permit is issued. The Developer Agreement should contain work descriptions and estimated costs. The Agreement should assign responsibilities for the work performance and shall provide an expiration date. Revision date: 109/2o25 2-10 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 2.3.21 DEVELOPER REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT (LATECOMER AGREEMENT) The City may enter into agreements with developers who have installed public improvements valued at $50,000 or more, in order to provide for reimbursement of a fair prorated share by any real estate owners who have not contributed to the original cost of such facilities, and who subsequently connect to, or use the improvement. Such agreements shall be entered into at the time of, or prior to, issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. The Public Works Director shall approve the prorated share based on construction cost provided by the Developer. The developer is responsible for initiating, executing, and, after City approval, recording the latecomer agreement with the County. The agreement must include a list of those properties that will benefit from the improvement, a map outlining and designating these properties, legal descriptions as required by the City, backup data supporting the costs submitted, and an expiration date. There are three acceptable methods for the determination of benefit: 1) gross parcel area, 2) property frontage, or 3) number of connections. The proponent will submit the format most appropriate to the nature of the project, as approved by the City. No credit will be given for open space, recreation areas, or undevelopable portions of the development proposal when calculating gross parcel area. The City will collect the latecomer's fee from property owners, which benefit from the improvements and will meet the Revised Code of Washington when disbursing payment to the developer. SECTION 2-4 CONSTRUCTION Contractor/Permittee shall perform all work in accordance with all federal, state, and local laws and shall be in accordance with approved plans, specifications, and permit conditions. The Permittee/Contractor shall maintain a set of approved plans, specifications, and associated permits on the job site. Permittee shall apply for a revision for any work proposed that is not according to approved plans and specifications, and permit conditions. 2.4.1 MATERIALS Materials proposed for use in construction of publicly owned or publicly maintained utilities must be in conformance to approved material standards or receive written approval for an acceptable substitute prior to application. Unapproved or substitute materials cannot be adequately evaluated within the plan review period. Revision date: 109/2o25 2-11 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 2.4.2 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Prior to beginning any work, Permittee/Contractor shall contact the City's Inspector to arrange a preconstruction conference. 2.4.3 CONSTRUCTION ON EASEMENT Construction on easement(s) shall be performed strictly in accordance with the easement provisions. The Permittee/Contractor shall make himself aware of all conditions pertaining to the easement agreement. No work shall be permitted in easement areas where City utilities may be located until specifically authorized by the City. 2.4.4 RIGHT-OF-WAY A. Access 1. During construction and until permanent access is installed and approved, provide pedestrian/ADA and emergency access to any abutting public school, public building, urban trail, transit stop, or business. 2. Provide temporary sidewalk, curb ramp, or bike path, meeting the Director's approval, when construction blocks existing. 3. Maintain access to fire stations, fire hydrants, fire escapes, and firefighting equipment. Do not place materials or obstructions within 15 feet of fire hydrants. B. Monuments 1. Locate and protect survey monuments, property corners, bench marks, and other such. 2. All disturbed monuments shall be replaced by a Washington State licensed surveyor at the Owner's expense. C. Drainage 1. Keep existing drainage features free of dirt and other debris. 2. Reroute flow when it is necessary to block or otherwise interrupt a drainage feature. (TMC11.o8.220) D. Cuts Revision date: 109/2o25 1. Roadway crossings for utilities shall be by jacking, tunneling, or boring with "windows" or shafts 20 feet or more apart. 2. Crossing under State Highways and crossings involving railroads or other easements and rights -of -way will also require approval from the appropriate agency. 3. Newly constructed or recently overlaid streets shall not be open cut for three years. Open cuts are allowed on an exception basis and only when roadway conditions warrant or in cases of undue hardship. 2-12 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 4. All pavement cuts in right-of-way are subject to a pavement mitigation fee. 5. All pavement cuts in right-of-way must have a preapproved street and pavement restoration plan. E. Restoration Any disturbance of right-of-way or right-of-way facilities, including sidewalks and vegetation, shall be restored to current City standards. The City shall approve all backfill and pavement base. All damaged or broken pavement and other disturbed pavement shall be replaced with the same type and depth of pavement adjoining the disturbed area. F. Restrictions 1. Any lane closure within the City of Tukwila shall have traffic control plans reviewed and approved by the City Engineer. 2. From the third Thursday in November through the following January 1st, the City restricts lane closures in the Tukwila Urban Center. The Director will consider exceptions to these restrictions upon written request on a case by case basis. 3. Maintain emergency, pedestrian, and vehicular access to buildings, trails, and transit at all times. 4. Keep all roadways free of dirt and debris using street sweepers. Use of water trucks for cleaning roadways requires preapproval from the Director. 5. Install and secure non-skid steel plates over any trench at any time work has stopped and the trench is left open. Place warning signs in locations adequate to warn drivers and bicyclists. Warning signs shall read "Motorcycles Use Extreme Caution" and "Caution Steel Plates Ahead". 2.4.5 TRENCH EXCAVATION Construct per City of Tukwila standard detail G-1 and WISHA/OSHA requirements and meet the erosion prevention and sediment control requirements. A. All trench excavation operations shall meet or exceed all applicable shoring laws for trenches. B. During excavation, divert any surface water and pump the trench as needed to keep the trench free of water. Store pumping equipment near the trench excavation to ensure that these provisions are carried out. C. Completely excavate boulders, rocks, roots, and other obstructions or excavate to the width of the trench, and to a depth of 6 inches below the bottom pipe grade. Revision date: 109/2o25 2-13 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS D. Use hand tools to: 1. Finish the trench bottom in such a manner that the pipe will have a uniform slope along the entire length of the pipe. 2. Excavate the bell holes enough to make up the joint. E. Extend trenching operations a maximum of -too feet in advance of the pipe laying operation. For excavation greater than -too feet, the Permittee must obtain written approval from the Director. 2.4.6 STOP WORK ORDER A. Following written notice to the Permittee, the Director may suspend or revoke any permit for any of the following reasons: 1. Changes in site runoff characteristics upon which the permit is granted. 2. Construction not in accordance with the approved plans. 3. Noncompliance with correction notice(s) or stop work order(s) issued for erosion or sediment controls. 4. Immediate danger to a downstream area or adjacent property as determined by the Director. B. The Director may post a site with a "stop work" order directing that all construction activity cease immediately. The issuance of a "stop work" order may include any "discretionary conditions" or "standard requirements" which must be fulfilled before work under the Permit may continue. C. No person shall continue or permit the continuance of work in an area covered by a "stop work" order, except work required to correct an imminent safety hazard as prescribed by the Director. D. The cost of any corrective measures shall be borne by the Permittee. 2.4.7 INSPECTIONS A. All public infrastructure construction is to be done under the control and at the direction of the Public Works Director. Public Works supervises and inspects the design and installation of public improvements. B. For private development, Public Works approves permits and inspects the public works elements of the development. C. Field Inspections 1. The Permittee shall schedule Public Works inspections at least 24-hours in advance. The inspections shall occur at completion of significant work segments, at intervals sufficient to confirm all work is performed in accordance with the plans and specifications, and at the project completion. 2. Work covered prior to inspection will be uncovered at the expense of the Permittee. Revision date: 109/2o25 2-14 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 3. At a minimum, the Permittee shall request inspections for the following events: a. Before backfilling, for compliance with all construction standards. b. After placement of rock, for compaction and material quantity and quality verification. c. Prior to the placement of any materials, which would preclude full and complete inspection of construction, which will be buried or covered. d. At completion of sub -grade, for compaction and grade. e. During and after placement of finish course for compaction and material (quantity and quality). f. After placement of forms and before pouring for line, grade, and compaction. g. All pressure testing, including air and water tests. D. Sampling and Testing 1. Tests and material sampling for the purposes of determining compliance with the specifications shall be required at the Director's discretion. All costs incurred for testing or sampling, done at the Director's request, shall be the responsibility of the Permittee. 2. Determination of field density of compacted earth will be per ASTM Di557: "Modified Proctor." E. Video Pipe Inspection �. Prior to inspection and acceptance of any sanitary sewer and storm drainage pipes, all pipes and structures shall be cleaned and flushed. Any obstructions to flow within the system, (such as rubble, mortar and wedged debris), shall be removed at the nearest structure. 2. Cleaning and flushing of the pipes and structures shall be at the sole cost of the permittee. 3. Video Inspection: The permittee shall perform a complete video inspection of all 8-inch and larger pipes and associated appurtenances. The contractor shall provide to the City a digital video disk (DVD) audio- visual recording of these inspections. The DVD shall be formatted to allow real time fast forward and reverse review of the inspections. Individual structure -to -structure pipe runs shall be saved as separate files on DVD with file names relating to structures identifications numbers and plan set, or as approved by the City. All equipment and materials shall be compatible with existing City -owned equipment. It shall be the permittee's responsibility to confirm equipment compatibility and DVD file formats with the City prior to inspection. A Pan -And -Tilt Camera with the proper sized light head for the size of pipe being inspected shall be utilized by the Contractor at all times for televised inspection. The finished product shall be clear and have the proper amount of lighting to see any and all defects encountered during the inspection. Camera shall be equipped with a 1" reference ball at all times to aid with inspection of 8- Revision date: 109/2o25 2-15 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS inch diameter pipe. Pipe of 12-inch diameter or larger will require a 2" reference ball to aid with the inspection. At all times during the video inspection process, the City shall be present. The City shall be notified forty-eight (48) hours prior to any video inspection. The Permittee shall bear all costs of video inspection and all costs incurred in correcting any deficiencies found during video inspection including the cost of additional television inspection that may be required by the City to verify the correction of said deficiency. SECTION 2.5 FINAL PROJECT APPROVAL 2.5.1WORK COMPLETION Upon completion of all required project elements, the Permittee shall request a final inspection by contacting the assigned Inspector. The permit process is complete upon sign -off of the issued permit(s) by the City. 2.5.2 PERMANENT STABILIZATION All disturbed areas must have permanent stabilization in place and functioning before the temporary erosion prevention and sediment control measures are removed. 2.5.3 FLOOD CERTIFICATE Upon completion of construction and prior to Final Inspection, the Permittee shall provide the City with a completed Elevation Certificate for residential. For non-residential, Permittee shall provide a completed Flood -proof Certificate or Elevation Certificate. 2.5.4 FINANCIAL GUARANTEE The owner/agent shall provide a two-year guarantee for the faithful performance of the operation and maintenance to improvements in the right-of-way or on City property. The guarantee shall be by a surety approved by the Director. 2.5.5 TURNOVER DOCUMENTS The City requires Turnover Documents when a developer constructs public infrastructure as part of private development. The owner/agent shall provide a complete set of turnover documents before Final Inspection. The Mayor's Office or the City Council must accept constructed infrastructure, when the value Revision date: io/19/2025 2-16 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS exceeds $25,000. If the City does not accept the constructed infrastructure, the ownership and maintenance of the facilities remains the sole responsibility of the Developer. 2.5.6 RECORD DRAWINGS All projects, including most single-family residences with a constructed drainage facility, require Record Drawings. Projects will not receive final approval until a complete set of Record Drawings is submitted and approved. For public facilities and facilities installed in the right-of-way, the owner/agent shall provide record construction drawings at project closeout. Record drawings shall accurately reflect design revisions that were made to the approved plans during construction. The record drawings shall locate all existing and abandoned utilities encountered during construction, but not shown on the approved plans. A Washington State registered professional engineer of record shall approve the record drawings. As -built survey information provided on a record drawing shall be provided by a Professional Land Surveyor currently licensed in the State of Washington, who certifies that the as -built survey and revisions to the Record Drawings were performed under the surveyor's direction. Information from sources such as the contractor's red -lined drawings, for which the surveyor is not responsible, shall be clearly noted/identified on the face of the Record Drawings. The owner/agent shall provide record drawings in AutoCAD format and PDF on CD, DVD or secure file transfer. Each drawing shall bear the engineer and the surveyor stamps, signed and dated. 2.5.7 SURVEY DATUM The drawing and all utility features shall be accurately located in Washington State Plane (grid) Coordinates, North Zone, using NAD 83/91 survey control and tied to at least two City of Tukwila Horizontal Control Monuments. Elevations shall be NAVD 88. Revision date: 109/2o25 2-17 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS CHAPTER 3 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 3.0 GENERAL A. Plans, as used herein, means the plans, profiles, and cross -sections showing all work related to a specific project. To ensure completeness and clarity and a timely response from the City, the Engineer should exercise particular care when preparing the plans. B. The plans shall clearly indicate the location, nature, and extent of the proposed work and shall provide sufficient detail to show that all provisions of the standards and codes are met. The Engineer/Applicant shall provide specifications along with the plans whenever the plans and notes do not adequately describe the proposed work and materials. C. A complete plan set includes: 1. Cover sheet 2. Survey sheet 3. Plans, profiles, cross -sections 4. Typical details 5. Construction notes 6. Specifications D. Refer to Appendix C for a Plan Review Checklist to help ensure completeness. SECTION 3.1 RECORD DRAWINGS Record drawings shall conform to these Standards (Chapter 2) and to the Plan Review Checklist (Appendix C) and shall accurately reflect all design revisions. As -built survey information provided on a record drawing shall be provided by a Washington licensed land -surveyor. SECTION 3.2 DRAFTING STANDARDS 3.2.1 PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER A professional engineer, registered in Washington State, shall prepare the plans, and stamp, date, and sign each sheet, except for a single family residence that is not in or adjacent to a critical area and does not trigger a Technical Information Report for the surface water. 3.2.2 SUBMITTAL OF PLANS All plans submitted for either design approval or permanent record will be free of photographs, stick-ons, or shading. Hatching may be acceptable, if the pattern is not excessively dense. Files shall be in a portable document format. Revision date: io/19/2025 3-1 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 3.2.3 SHEET SIZE A. Engineering Drawings: 11" X 17" (min), 24" X 36" (max) B. Survey Drawings: 18" x 24" 3.2.4 TEXT Text - Prepare plans understanding that each sheet might be microfilmed. Use nominal text size 1/8" as a minimum. 3.2.5 LINE STYLE A. Provide plans in a clean, legible, blue or black line format. B. Produce all existing features with a small pen or half tones. C. Distinguish proposed features from existing features by using a larger or bolder line weight. D. Use different line types to distinguish different features. For example: centerline and right-of-way will have different line types. 3.2.6 MONUMENTS A. Show all existing and proposed monuments. B. Describe all monuments using current City of Tukwila coordinates. C. Reference roadway centerlines, easements (with type and dimensions), and other pertinent data to existing monuments. D. Show or describe protection of monuments, including property corners. 3.2.7 DATUM A. For public facilities, work in the right-of-way, and Capital Improvement Projects: 1. Horizontal - Washington State Plane (grid) Coordinates, North Zone, using NAD 83/91 survey control and tied to any two City of Tukwila Horizontal Control Monuments 2. Vertical - NAVD 1988 B. For private property other than a single family residence: 1. Horizontal - Washington State Plane (grid) Coordinates, North Zone, using NAD 83/91 survey control and tied to any two City of Tukwila Horizontal Control Monuments 2. Vertical - NAVD 1988 C. For Flood Control Zones provide conversion calculations to NAVD 1929 Revision date: 109/2o25 3-2 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 3.2.8 TITLE BLOCK A. Title: B. Date: C. Design by: D. Drawn by: E. Checked by: F. Signature Approval block G. Sheet number of total sheets (e.g., 2 of 5) H. Revisions and revisions dates 3.2.9 SCALE Scale - Scale the drawings using an engineer's scale. No engineering plans will be accepted with architect's scale. A. For site work: 1" = 40' Horizontal 1" = 4' Vertical B. For Public Facility: 1" = 20' Horizontal 1" = 2' Vertical C. For Signal Drawing Sheet: 1"=10' D. For Illumination: 1„=3o' 3.2.10 LABELED RECORD DRAWING Labeled as -built drawing, (minimum text height %") SECTION 3.3 DESIGN ELEMENTS The plans shall show existing and proposed for all elements on and near the site, including the following: A. Topography - Existing and proposed topography (two -foot contours) for 15 feet outside the property lines. Projects within flood control zones and some storm drainage plans require 1-foot intervals. B. Easements — existing and proposed, type, and dimensions. C. Clearing limits. D. Construction limits. E. No work zones. Revision date: 109/2o25 3-3 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS F. Critical areas — Flood hazard, shoreline, wetlands, watercourses, fish and wildlife habitat, geologic hazards. G. Buffers and set -backs. H. Finished floor elevation. I. Building footprints onsite and within 15' of the property lines. J. Rights -of -way accesses. K. Adjacent property lines and addresses. L. Street names with quadrant prefix or suffix. M. Existing and proposed pedestrian and bicycle facilities. N. Existing and proposed utilities and improvements (above and below ground). Show information and location of all existing and proposed utilities, above and below ground. Include Cable, conduit, telephone, gas, water, sewer, fire hydrants. O. Landscaping: trees, shrubs, ground cover. P. Onsite and offsite - Fire hydrants, mail boxes, street lights, traffic signals, meters, electrical cabinets, and other such. SECTION 3.4 DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 3.4.1 CRITICAL AREAS The plans must show location, type, and rating of all critical areas in and near the project site. The plans must show the buffers and building setbacks. 3.4.2 FLOOD ZONE Show the nature, location, dimensions, and elevations of the area in question, including existing or proposed structures, proposed fill, materials storage, drainage facilities. Specifically, the following information is required: A. Elevation in relation to mean sea level, of the lowest floor of all structures, B. Elevation in relation to mean sea level to which any structure has been flood proofed. 3.4.3 SEWER SEPARATION Install water lines at least 10 feet horizontally, measured edge to edge, from any existing or proposed sewer line. The Director may consider a deviation, provided the water main is laid in a separate trench or on an undisturbed earth shelf located on one side of the sewer, at such an elevation that the bottom of the water main is at least 18 inches above the top of the sewer. Revision date: 109/2o25 3-4 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 3.4.4 SURFACE WATER Designs shall comply with the most current King County Surface Water Design Manual. Refer t0the Citv'slatest Surface Water Comprehensive plan and contact the City's Surface Water Engineer during the early design stages of surface water design with any questions. 3.4.5 STREAM CROSSING All stream crossings require written hydraulic project apprOv8|frOrDth2WDFW The Applicant shall provide 8copy Ofthe VV[}FVVapproval prior tOpermit issuance. Refer toSection 5.6for additional information. 3,4,6 WATERCOURSE RELOCATION |fawatercourse will berelocated, iprovide description ofthe extent towhich the watercourse will be altered or relocated because of proposed development. All work within the City shall conform to the requirements of the current NPDES (National Pollution Discharge and Elimination System) Western Washington Phase ||Municipal StOrrnvv8terPermit, Ofwhich the City is8pernlitt2e.Refer tO Sections 5.5 through 5'7for additional requirements. Additionally, the City, acting for FEMA, requires: A. B. Notification to adjacent communities and the Department of Ecology (DOE) prior tOany alteration Orrelocation 0f8watercourse, and evidence that notification was provided to the Federal Insurance Administration. Maintenance within the altered Orrelocated portion Ofsaid watercourse SO that the flood carrying capacity iSnot diminished. 3.4.7 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL (ESC) PLAN Plans for any activity that disturbs ground shall include 8nerosion prevention and sediment control plan designed inaccordance with the current edition Ofthe King County Surface Water Design Manual. The plan shall provide information for temporary erosion prevention and sediment control during all phases of construction and shall provide permanent stabilization for disturbed areas. Refer toSection 5'1Ofor additional ESCrequirements. 3.4.8 POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN A. All projects must use pollution prevention best management practices to Revision date: 10/19/2025 3-5 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS violations of TMC 14.3o.18o and penalties within TMC 8.45. All discharged materials shall be immediately removed from the affected systems to the maximum extent practicable. Refer tOthe King County Surface Water Design Manual Appendix D/current edition, for best management practices for pollution prevention plan during construction. B. St0rmvv8terCovenants may b2required for projects on -site stormwater management facilities. Covenants shall use the City of Tukwila template available Dnthe Permit Center vvebSite and include an Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Manual. O&M �Manuals should be written simply such that those unfamiliar with stormwater issues can effectively inspect, record, and address all stO[nlvv8terissues within the newly constructed facility and include instructions, safety considerations, lists of tools and equipment and resources for assessment, documentation and reporting. 3.4.9 LOW IMPACT DEVELOPMENT (LID) Low impact development is the preferred approach to planning, design and construction where feasible. Refer to the following: A. King County Surface Water Design Manual, current edition B. Department UfEcology StUrnlvvaterManagement Manual for Western Washington, current edition C. Western Washington Low Impact Development (L|D) Operations and Maintenance (O&M), by the Washington State Department of Ecology Water Quality Program. D. Low Impact Development Technical Guidance Manual for Puget Sound (LID Technical Guidance Manual) byPuget Sound Partnership and VVSUExtension Center, Puyallup, Washington E. Rain Garden Handbook for Western Washington Homeowners (Rain Garden Handbook) by the Pierce County Extension of Washington State University. Revision date: 10/19/2025 3-6 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS CHAPTER 4 STREETS SECTION 4.0 GENERAL 4.0.1 TRANSPORTATION ELEMENT All roadway design in the City shall meet the design guidelines and requirements in the Transportation Element of the Comprehensive Land Use Plan, other applicable subarea plans, and the Subdivision Code (TMC 17.20). 4.0.2 MANUFACTURING/INDUSTRIAL CENTER For projects in the MIC/L or MIC/H according to the current City of Tukwila Zoning Map and Sections 18.36 and 18.38 of the TMC, provide driveway design and location per RS-37. 4.0.3 DEVELOPMENT SITES A paved street surface shall serve all development sites. This street surface shall connect to an existing paved street surface. (TMC 11.12.060) 4.0.4 FRONTAGE IMPROVEMENTS A. The installation of street frontage improvements is required prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy for new construction, other than single-family homes, or prior to final approval for subdivisions and 5-9 lot short plats and Planned Residential Developments. For additions and remodels to existing buildings, see TMC 11.12.070. B. Complete street frontage improvements shall be installed along the entire frontage of the property at the sole cost of the permittee as directed by the Director. Street frontage improvements may include curb, gutter, sidewalk, storm drainage, street lighting, traffic signal equipment, utility installation or relocation, landscaping strip, street trees and landscaping, irrigation, street widening, and channelization. Beyond the property frontage, the property owner shall provide ramps from the new sidewalk or walkway to the exiting shoulder, and pavement and channelization tapering back to the existing pavement and channelization as needed for safety. C. When (due to site topography, city plans for improvement projects, or other similar reasons) the Director determines that street frontage improvements cannot or should not be constructed at the time of building construction, the property owner shall, prior to issuance of the building permit, at the direction of the Director: 1. Pay to the City an amount equal to the property owner's cost of installing the required improvements prior to issuance of a building Revision date: 109/2o25 4-1 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS permit. The property owner shall provide documentation satisfactory to the Director that establishes the cost of the materials, labor, quantities; or 2. Record an agreement which provides for these improvements to be installed by the property owner by a date acceptable to the Director; or 3. Record an agreement to not protest a local improvement district to improve the street frontage. D. If, at a time subsequent to the issuance of a building permit, a local improvement district is established that includes the property for which the building permit was issued, the property may be considered in the compilation of the local improvement district assessment with the appropriate amount of costs of construction expended by the developer. E. The Director under either of the following conditions may waive the requirement for installation of frontage improvements: �. If the exact location of the adjacent street frontage improvements cannot be determined at this time; or 2. If the installation of the required improvement would cause significant adverse environmental impacts. A Critical Area Determination shall be provided with any request for such waiver. F. For substantial improvements to an existing structure, or new accessory building: .1. Street improvements shall be constructed . 2. Director may waive. G. For additional structure(s) on private campus .1. Street improvements shall be constructed and shall be determined by the Director. 2. Property owner costs shall be io% or less of the total improvement cost. H. For additional structure(s) on Public campus .1. Street improvements shall be installed along entire frontage. 2. Corner lots, etc. when cost does not dictate all frontage be improved, Director will determine which frontage will be improved. For Single Family Residence (TMC 11.12.080) .1. In all cases install surface water drainage on all frontage. 2. Abutting unpaved street, not a corner lot, requires a 1/2 street section of pavement or a No Protest LID for pavement and storm drainage. 3. Abutting both paved and unpaved requires 1/2 street pavement and drainage on unpaved right-of-way. 4. Contiguous to a parcel served by paved street requires 1/2 street and drainage frontage abutting existing paved right-of-way. 5. Abutting a paved street surface requires complete minor pavement edge improvements. Revision date: 109/2o25 4-2 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS J. For landscaping, easement, access tracts (TMC 11.12.100) the following apply when there are frontage improvements: 1. Retain existing vegetation, and replace and replant existing vegetation that gets disturbed during development. 2. Arterial street landscaping must include installation of ground cover in erosion areas and installation of trees per City standards. 3. Abutting property owners maintain landscaping, unless City specifically accepts the responsibility. 4. City may require removal of landscaping that encroaches on right-of- way. 4.0.5 RIGHTS -OF -WAY, EASEMENTS, AND IMPROVEMENTS The developer shall dedicate right-of-way and grant easements for all public streets and non -motorized facilities needed to serve a proposed development. (TMC 11.12.050) 4.0.6 DEAD END STREETS Per TMC 17.20.030, new public and private dead-end streets are not allowed, unless justification can be provided for their necessity. If new or necessary, they must terminate with a cul-de-sac and a landscaped island. The maximum cul-de- sac length allowed is 600', measured from the edge of curb or edge of pavement at the connection to the end of the right-of-way at the cul-de-sac. A hammerhead is allowed when the road is less than 200 feet and serves less than six lots. A temporary dead end can terminate with barricade(s). (TMC 11.12.17o) Refer to RS-o2 for cul-de-sac and hammerhead dimensions. 4.0.7 GRADE The maximum grade for all roadways and driveways shall be fifteen percent (154 Grades over 15% shall be considered a deviation and require approval of the Director and the servicing Fire Department. Streets approved with slopes greater than 15% shall be concrete. 4.0.8 PARKING LOTS All permanent parking lots shall be paved. Temporary lots can be gravel with paved driveway aprons if lot is paved within three (3) years of operating temporary lot. Revision date: 109/2o25 4-3 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 4.0.9 BUS Provide bus pullouts as required on principal arterials. Bus pullouts shall be cement concrete pavement. 4.0.10 UTILITY RELOCATION The developer shall relocate any utilities that must be relocated to accommodate street or other required improvements. 4.0.11 NON -MOTORIZED FACILITIES A. Pedestrian Systems �. Per TMC 11.12.15o, internal pedestrian circulation systems shall be provided within and between existing, new and redeveloping commercial, multifamily and single family developments, activity centers, and existing frontage pedestrian systems. 2. Concrete sidewalks a. Arterial street - on both sides. b. Non -arterial street longer than 200 feet -both sides. c. Non -arterial less than 200 feet - one side. d. Public streets accessing existing or planned sidewalk, activity centers, parks, schools, neighborhoods, or public transit facilities - both sides. e. Director may grant exception. 3. Pavement in lieu of concrete is acceptable when: a. The facility is temporary. b. Flexible pavement is required due to soils and topography. c. The neighborhood character does not warrant concrete. B. Bikeways and Walkways �. Bikeways and walkways will be surfaced with asphalt concrete. Bikeways and walkways will be illuminated in accordance with the specifications set forth in this standard. Install posts or other facilities to prohibit the passage of motor vehicles through pedestrian easements. C. Non -motorized easements 1. Following City approval, record with King County Records, an easement titled "City of Tukwila Non -motorized Public Easement". 2. The easement shall be the trail width plus 2 feet on each side (can vary). A designated bicycle route may require additional paved right-of-way. 3. The easement shall specify the maintenance requirements and designate responsible parties. Revision date: 109/2o25 4-4 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 4.0.12 NEW STREETS A. Where a street is designated by the Land Use Comprehensive Plan and is within the boundaries of a development, the developer shall dedicate the entire right-of-way, and shall construct frontage improvement. B. Where a street designated in the Comprehensive Plan is adjacent to a boundary of a development, the developer shall dedicate the necessary right- of-way and shall construct frontage improvement. 4.0.13 HALF STREET The construction of half -street improvements will be permitted only along the boundaries of a development. Pavement, at least twenty (2o) feet in width or as required for that street classification (measured from curb face) will be provided, and an adequate right-of-way width may be dedicated. 4.0.14 ALLEYS The Director may allow an alley at the rear of single-family residential, multifamily residential, commercial, or industrial property. An alley not required for fire suppression access, solid waste collection, or other public purposes may be privately owned. A private alley must conform to all improvement standards for public alleys, must be posted as a private alley and must meet all other provisions applicable to private streets. A dead-end on a public alley is prohibited. 4.0.15 SIGHT DISTANCE Sight distance at intersections and right-of-way access points shall meet the most current edition of AASHTO Policy on Geometric Design and shall be clear of sight obstructions. 4.0.16 PAVEMENTS AND PERMEABLE PAVEMENTS Where the terms "asphalt" and "concrete" are used in these standards as general descriptors of surfacing materials, the terms shall be understood to include both the impermeable and the permeable versions of the pavement. Where a permeable pavement is proposed on a public vehicle travel lane, the surface must be capable of supporting a live load of HS-25 (AASHTO Load Factor Design) and an outrigger load of 45,00o lbs applied to an area of 2 feet x 2 feet on i6-foot centers. Revision date: 109/2o25 4-5 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS SECTION 4.1 PRIVATE STREETS A. The City allows private streets only when the street: 1. Serves four or fewer Tots, 2. Is part of a Planned Residential Development, or 3. Serves commercial or industrial facilities where no circulation continuity is necessary. B. All served property owner(s) must provide: 1. Recorded covenant granting the City the right to fully use the private street for emergency access and public service vehicles. 2. Recorded provision for the ownership and maintenance of the private street by the owners within the development. 3. Final site plans showing private streets must include an unconditional and irrevocable offer of dedication that may be accepted by the City Council at such time as the street is needed for development of contiguous property or for the protection of public health, safety and welfare. The design and improvement of any private street will be subject to all of the requirements prescribed by this document for public streets. C. Owner(s) must install and maintain a sign indicating the street is private. SECTION 4.2 PUBLIC STREETS Streets longer than zoo feet or streets that serve more than four lots shall be constructed to public street standards. See City of Tukwila standard detail RS-oi 4.2.1 GEOMETRIC DESIGN On the plans, note the sight distance for horizontal and vertical curves, intersections, and access points. Setbacks shall meet the current edition of the AASHTO Policy on Geometric Design. (TMC 11.zo.o9o) 4.2.2 ALIGNMENT AND CONNECTIONS A. Alignment 1. Align proposed streets and other primary accesses with existing streets or accesses. 2. Relate alignments, where practical, to natural topography. 3. Select alignment to minimize grading and avoid excessive runoff. B. Connections 1. Provide street connection to any existing public street or right-of-way "stub" abutting the proposed development. Revision date: 109/2o25 4-6 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 4.2.3 2. Provide "stub" roads for connection to any adjacent undeveloped, or partially developed, contiguous land, and to any site officially designated for a public facility. 3. Locate a stub so that it allows for future block sizes consistent with the Land Use Comprehensive Plan. 4. Locate "stub" connections to other "stub" roads on adjacent and nearby property. 5. Install "Dead End" signage. Dead End Sign 3ox3o W14-1 or W14-2 No Outlet installed per RS-23A. 6. Install "End of Sidewalk" sign where sidewalk ends abruptly. STREET INTERSECTIONS A. Primary points of access or street intersections with centerline offsets of less than one hundred fifty (15o) feet will not be allowed unless the Director finds special conditions requiring a reduction and approves a deviation. The intersection spacing requirements will not be used as criteria/justification to close existing streets. B. Unless required by street spacing standards, intersections on curves will be avoided. C. Right-of-way and curb radii will be provided at all intersections in accordance with the Land Use Comprehensive Plan and the Transportation Element. Curb radii will be the smallest necessary to achieve the goals at each intersection. D. Turning lanes and acceleration/deceleration lanes will be provided as required by the current edition of the AASHTO Policy on Geometric Design. 4.2.4 UNDERGROUND UTILITIES A. Where several utilities are planned or required in the same right-of-way corridor, joint trenches shall be used whenever possible. B. Where underground utilities are planned in the right-of-way corridor, utilities shall be placed under the paved portions of the right-of-way whenever possible. C. Where underground utilities are planned under an existing permeable pavement or an existing bioretention facility, the utility shall take measures to protect the utility trench from infiltration of stormwater, without compromising the function of the permeable pavement of the bioretention facility. D. Where a permeable pavement or a bioretention facility is planned over an existing underground utility, the developer shall protect the utility trench from infiltration of stormwater. Revision date: 109/2o25 4-7 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS E. New electrical and communication facilities shall be underground per TMC 11.28. F. Undergrounding requirements for new facilities or rebuild, replacements and additions are described in TMC 11.28.07o and TMC 11.28.080. 4.2.5 ACCESS A. Pedestrian/ADA and emergency vehicle access will be provided to any abutting public school, public building, trail, or transit stop. (TMC 11.12.150) B. Development 1. All development sites shall be served by a paved street surface that connects to an existing paved street surface. (TMC 11.12.060) 2. Applicant may provide an access lane rather than a private street if the access serves four or fewer Tots and is 200' or shorter. The access lane may be on an easement, shall be 20 feet wide and paved the full 20' width and will be owned and maintained by the property owners served by the lane. 3. Provide more than one connection to the existing public street system for any development, or part thereof, of four acres or more. If not otherwise prohibited, each connection will be to a different collector or arterial street. Where the site includes only a single frontage of less than 400 feet, this requirement may be met by provision of one or more stub roads. 4.2.6 RIGHT-OF-WAY VEGETATION A. New vegetation must match or complement existing street vegetation or be approved by the Director (refer to TMC Title 11.20). B. New vegetation in the Tukwila Urban Center must meet the adopted plan (refer to TMC Title 18.28). C. Notify owners within 10o feet when removing or pruning vegetation that is 4- inch diameter or larger. D. No maple, Lombardy poplar, cottonwood, gum, or other trees with invasive root system. (TMC 11.20.070) E. Vegetation removed from right-of-way or damaged during construction shall be replaced with equivalent number, size, quality, and species. (TMC 11.20.110) F. The design shall include a plan for irrigation. Irrigation is required for two years following project acceptance. Revision date: 109/2o25 4-8 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS SECTION 4.3 ILLUMINATION 4.3.1 GENERAL A. A licensed engineer experienced in illumination design shall prepare all contract documents for new installations and modifications to existing systems. The Director or designee shall approve all illumination system equipment submittals. The City shall be the sole judge of any materials to be considered equal or better. B. Required along all public streets, including new public streets in subdivisions and short subdivisions. (TMC 11.12.110) C. Required at the intersection of a public and a private street. D. Not required along a private street. (TMC 11.12.110) E. All wiring, conduit and power connections, new or relocated, shall be underground. F. For a new subdivision, Developer assumes maintenance and power cost until the development is 5o% or more occupied. (TMC 11.12.olo.c) G. Developer designs to City standards, installs new lighting, and relocates existing lighting along development frontage. H. Provide lighting calculations using illumination design software AGi32 by Lighting Analysts. For illumination design guidelines, see City of Tukwila standard details, sheet RS-24. 4.3.2 MATERIALS A. New installations shall use LED type luminaires. For roadway luminaire and pole details see City of Tukwila standard details, sheets RS-25. For pedestrian luminaire and pole details see City of Tukwila standard details, sheet RS-26. B. Photocell shall be installed on the closest roadway luminaire located to the electrical service cabinet and shall be controlling all illumination circuits in the cabinet. The remaining luminaires shall be provided with a shorting cap. C. Junction Boxes shall be furnished and installed per the latest edition of WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 8-2o.3(6) and Standard Plans J-4o.io and J-40.30. D. For most applications, conduit shall be Schedule 8o, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) with bell ends, unless capped for non-use. For additional conduit installation guidelines, see WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 8-2o.3(5). E. Circuit conductors, pole wiring, splice kits, quick disconnects and fuses shall be per City of Tukwila standard details, sheet RS-28. All conductors shall be stranded copper sized and shall conform to current NEC. All grounds will be green, stranded copper and shall match the largest conductor (minimum #8 AWG). F. Electrical service cabinets (with or without BBS) shall be furnished and installed per City of Tukwila standard details, sheet RS-29. Revision date: 109/2o25 4-9 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS G. Submit catalog cuts and material data sheets to the City for review and approval. The City will be the sole judge of a product being approved as equal or better. 4.3.3 INSTALLATION A. Installation method and materials for all illuminations systems equipment shall be compliant with the latest editions of WSDOT Standard Specifications and the City of Tukwila standard details. B. Junction boxes shall be installed so the top of the box is at grade and positioned so that all conduits are 4 inches from the inside walls. Fill with clean drainage gravel, leaving at least 6 inches of free space between the conduit and the top of the box. C. Illumination circuit splices shall be installed per WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 9-29.12(1). SECTION 4.4 TRAFFIC SIGNALS 4.4•1 GENERAL A. A licensed engineer experienced in traffic signal design shall prepare all traffic signal design and modifications. The Director or designee shall approve all traffic signal system equipment submittals. The City shall be the sole judge of any materials to be considered equal or better. B. When a proposed street or driveway design will interfere with existing traffic signal facilities, the developer shall modify or relocate the signal. (TMC 11.12.160) 4.4.2 MATERIALS A. All new or revised traffic signal systems shall include, but not be limited to the following minimum requirements: 1. The Contractor shall coordinate installation of new "SP" Type signal controller cabinets with the City of Tukwila Public Works Department. The fully populated cabinets, including controllers, shall be furnished, configured and tested by the City and installed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the City of Tukwila Maintenance and Operations Division to coordinate the cabinet pickup and the construction details regarding cabinet foundation dimensions and anchor bolt configuration at least 12 (twelve) weeks prior to cabinet installation. 2. The Contractor shall furnish and install PTZ traffic monitoring camera at each signal controlled intersection (coordinate with the City Engineer for exceptions). Revision date: 109/2o25 4-10 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 3. Electrical service cabinets at signal locations shall include BBS cabinets per City of Tukwila standards details, sheet RS-29. 4. Foundations for traffic signal and electrical service cabinets shall be per WSDOT Standard Plan J-10.10. 5. Traffic signal systems shall be interconnected to the City's traffic operations fiber-optic network. 6. All signal heads and visors shall be powder -coated yellow. Back plates shall be louvered, powder coated black and shall include 2" wide yellow retroreflective tape. All vehicular signal indications will be 12" tinted LED modules meeting the current ITE specifications. Installation method and materials shall be compliant with the latest editions of WSDOT Standard Specifications. 7. All pedestrian signal indications shall be LED, countdown type with solid symbols and equipped with "z" crate visors. Pedestrian signal heads shall be powder -coated yellow. Installation method and materials shall be compliant with the latest editions of WSDOT Standard Specifications. 8. Prior to design, preference for video or induction loop detection shall be determined by the City Engineer. a. Video detection system shall be Vantage Vector Hybrid System by Iteris and shall include video detection equipment, auxiliary equipment, cameras, housings, and mounts, and all required mounting hardware, cables, connectors, and wiring. The video detection equipment shall be of the quantities shown in the Plans and Specifications. b. Vehicle loop induction system shall be installed per the Plans and Specifications and shall conform to the latest edition of WSDOT Standard Specifications and Standard Details. 9. All pedestrian push button shall be APS type and shall comply with the latest ADA guidelines. Pedestrian push button stations shall be EZ Communicator Navigator 2 Wire Push Button Station (EN2-3-C-B-1-B) by Polara Engineering and shall include the following features: a. Confirmation of button push via LED, sound and tactile bounce b. Locating tone during Don't Walk c. Vibrating button during Walk d. Sounds adjust to ambient noise e. Sounds synchronized across all push buttons f. 9"x15" sign (per WSDOT Standard Plan J-2o.26) g. Braille on the Face Plate h. Audible Message during the Walk phase (shall be approved by the Engineer) i. Black Frame j. One Central Control Unit (CCU2EN) by Polara Engineering shall be provided and installed in the traffic controller cabinet per Revision date: 109/2o25 4-11 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS intersection as an interface between the signal controller and the pedestrian push button stations. The Central Control Unit shall: i. Accommodate up to 16 push button stations ii. Include a built in conflict monitoring system that monitors pedestrian push button stations and pedestrian signal head lights and powers off in the event of a conflict iii. Include an Ethernet port for communication iv. Include the Interconnect Board for termination of field wiring k. All emergency preemption devices and cabling will be current model "Opticom" brand. I. All new or modified signal poles shall have aluminum terminal cabinets installed. B. Submit catalog cuts and material data sheets to the City for review and approval. The City will be the sole judge of a product being approved as equal or better. 4.4.3 INSTALLATION Installation method and materials for all signal equipment shall be compliant with the latest editions of WSDOT Standard Specifications and the City of Tukwila standard details. SECTION 4.5 SIGNS AND MARKINGS The City Engineer determines and shall approve any changes to the type, size, and location of signs and markings in the right-of-way. Signs shall meet the URBAN AREAS criteria in the MUTCD and meet the criteria in TMC 11.24 Placement of Signs or Banners. 4.5•1 MATERIALS A. Markings 1. All pavement markings shall comply with the MUTCD, Standard Plans and the Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified herein, or if waived by the City Engineer. 2. Crosswalks shall be per RS-2o. 3. All arrows shall be per RS-21 (WSDOT Standard Plan M-24.40-02). 4. Buttons only in areas with speed limit 35 and greater. Button layout per RS-17 through RS-19. 5. Residential roadway striping shall be low voc traffic paint. 6. Profiled and embossed plastic lines per RS-22 (WSDOT Standard Plan M-20.20-02). Revision date: 109/2o25 4-12 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 7. All traffic signalized intersections that include bicycle lanes must include the bicycle detector pavement marking per the Guide for the Development of Bicycle Facilities 5th Edition, AASHTO, 2024 8. All bike lane symbols shall be installed per WSDOT Standard Plan M- 9.50-02. 9. Bicycle lanes shall be 8" thermoplastic. io. If precast traffic curbing is used instead of markings, the curbing shall be installed with a two part epoxy, no mortar mix or cement. B. Street Signs 1. Refer to City of Tukwila standard detail RS-23A AND RS-23B for Street Name Signs. 2"X2" steel square channel post, steel anchor set in concrete, reflector shield may also be used or required. C. Other Signs 1. Posts: a. Round posts are not allowed. 2. Signs: a. Street markers shall have white lettering and border on a green background. The sign shall be six inches high and shall have 4-inch letters. Street markers need to meet the new federal requirements. Upper case and lower case letters with white border. Also letter size. b. Stop and regulatory signs shall be High Intensity Prismatic reflective sheeting, or City Engineer approved equivalent. c. All signs shall be high intensity prismatic sheeting. d. All signs shall have a border. 4.5.2 INSTALLATION A. Street Signs a. The Developer shall install all street signs on public right-of-way (including street name signs, warning signs, and regulatory signs) per RS-23A and RS-23B B. Other Signs 1. Posts: 2"x2" steel square channel post a. In soil, dig hole at least 24" deep. b. On a raised island or in asphalt or concrete, dig a hole that is at least two feet in diameter, and at least 3o inches deep. c. For street markers, install at intersection. 2. Mount: a. Primary signs so that there are seven feet from the ground to the bottom of the sign. b. Secondary signs on the same post so there is at least six feet from the ground to the bottom of the sign. Revision date: 109/2o25 4-13 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS Revision date: 109/2o25 c. Object markers and large single or double arrows so there is at least four to five feet from the ground to the bottom of the sign. d. Opposing chevrons or signs for both directions on same post, if they are clearly visible from both directions. e. Street markers on top of post using a metal bracket. f. On street light poles using stainless bands and mounting hardware. g. So that posts do not show above the sign, except when installing a street marker bracket. 4-14 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS CHAPTER 5 SURFACE WATER SECTION 5.o DESIGN STANDARDS 5.0.1 SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL Surface Water design shall meet the requirements of the current edition of the King County Surface Water Design Manual (KCSWDM). Exceptions, modifications, specifications, and additions to the items contained in the KCSWDM are listed below. 1. Flow Control a. Flow control standards within the City of Tukwila are basin specific and shown on Map 5.12.i. In addition to the flow control standards used in the KCSWDM, the City of Tukwila adds three additional flow control standards, referred to as a Basic Flow Control (FC), Conservation FC, and Flood FC. The flow control standards for the City of Tukwila Basins are defined below. Table 5.0.1 -Flow Control Standard by Drainage Basin Drainage Basin Name Flow Control Standard Duwamish River Basin Basic Flow Control (FC) Area' Riverton Creek Basin Conservation FC Area2 (Historic) Southgate Creek Basin Conservation FC Area2 (Historic) Gilliam Creek Basin — West of Interstate 5 Conservation FC Area2 (Historic) Gilliam Creek Basin — East of Interstate 5 Flood FC Area4 (Existing) Nelson Place Long Acres Basin Flood FC Area4 (Existing) Strander Pump Station Basin Flood FC Area4 (Existing) Southeast CBD Basin Flood FC Area4 (Existing) P17 Basin Flood FC Area3'4 (Existing) Lower Mill Creek Basin Flood FC Area4 (Existing) Tukwila South Basin Basin Specific Standards Notes: (1) For the Duwamish River Basin projects that drain to the Duwamish River below River Mile 6 may be eligible for a lesser standard as follows: a) Projects that discharge directly to the Duwamish River via a manmade system having adequate capacity per Section 1.2.3.1 (under direct discharge exemption) of the KCSWDM may be exempt from flow control if all requirements are met. b) Projects that drain directly to the Duwamish River that do not have adequate capacity per Section 1.2.3.1 of the KCSWDM should provide flow control to the Basic Flow Control (FC) standard. (2) Areas within this basin that drain via a pipe system to a different basin may be allowed to apply the flow control requirements for the downstream basin is no possibility of erosion of natural or constructed systems. Revision date: io/i9 2025 5-1 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS (3) A portion of this basin is within the "Tukwila South Project" and shall have flow control standards as approved by Dept. of Ecology. (4) This area is highly modified drainage systems that contains 4o% total impervious area since 1985. Erosion is not expected or observed but downstream flooding problem must be mitigated through this standard. (5) The flow control standards for the "Tukwila South Project" are captured in the Prato District Development Agreement as adopted by the Tukwila City Council. Basic Flow Control (FC) and Flood Problem FC Areas: Runoff from the developed site will be controlled and released at a rate per Table 1.2.3.A (Chapter 1) of the KCSWDM. Conservation FC Areas: Runoff from the developed site will be controlled and released at a rate per Table 1.2.3.A (Chapter 1) of the KCSWDM using historic site conditions (forested). SECTION 5.1WATER QUALITY TREATMENT A. All surface water runoff created by a private development shall be accounted for by the private development, including surface water from public facilities constructed as part of the private development. B. Currently, the City is not requiring mitigation targeted to address a specific downstream water quality problem (i.e., listing as a 3o3d water quality problem), but mitigation requirements may be added in future modifications to these standards. SECTION 5.2 STORMWATER FACILITY DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION A. Specifications, materials, and testing are specified in Section 7-04 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. Corrugated Steel Pipe or Spiral Rib Steel Pipe will not be permitted unless approved by the City Engineer. B. All surface water facilities constructed as part of a private development shall be owned by the private developer. All maintenance responsibilities remain with the private developer. C. The City will not approve installation of private surface water facilities in public right-of-way. D. Open pond side slopes shall be 3H:1V or flatter. Revision date: 109/2o25 5-2 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS E. All vaults shall be underground and covered. The City will not approve uncovered, above -ground retention/detention vaults. SECTION 5.3 STORM COMPREHENSIVE SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN The City's Comprehensive Surface Water Management Plan indicates the general location and description of planned surface water improvement projects and spells out the intent of the City's surface water management plan. If a project is adjacent to or within a 1/4 mile upstream of an improvement project in the City's Comprehensive Surface Water Plan, the permit application plan submittal shall consider the planned improvement in the Technical Information Report and, when required, shall include it in the project design. The exact location or configuration of a proposed improvement may be modified or adjusted by the Developer if needed, provided the proposed improvement remains consistent with the overall intent of the Plan. The Director must approve all modifications to the Comprehensive Plan requirements. Public Works recommends referring to the City's latest Surface Water Comprehensive plan and contacting the City's Surface Water Engineer during the early stages of surface water design. SECTION 5.4 OFFSITE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS With the City's approval, the Applicant may provide offsite improvements in the same drainage basin or threshold discharge area to mitigate water quality and flow control requirements associated with the project. These offsite improvements shall provide equivalent water quality and flow control. SECTION 5.5 STREAMS (TMC 18.45.100) Streams should be preserved in their existing channels. Any alteration to a stream channel requires approval by the Director, DOE, WDFW, and requires a U.S. Core of Engineers Section 404 permit. SECTION 5.6 STREAM CROSSINGS All stream crossings require written hydraulic project approval from the WDFW. The Applicant shall provide the Director a copy of the WDFW approval prior to permit issuance. Applicant shall design and install all stream crossing elements to withstand all anticipated loading, erosion impacts, hydraulic forces, and to remain water tight and free from changes in alignment or grade. Revision date: 109/2o25 5-3 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS SECTION 5.7 NPDES All work within the City shall conform to the requirements of the current NPDES (National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System) Western Washington Phase 11 Municipal Stormwater Permit, of which the City is a permittee. The City of Tukwila has adopted the King County Surface Water Design Manual (KCSWDM) to meet the requirements of the Department of Ecology's Western Washington Stormwater Management Manual (WWSWMM). Construction projects shall conform to the requirements of the current NPDES Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP). Projects that disturb one or more acres, or meet other thresholds listed in Section S1.B of the CSWGP, must apply to the Department of Ecology for coverage under the CSWGP. Proof of coverage must be provided to the City prior to construction. SECTION 5.8 STRUCTURES, LIDS, AND GRATES All grates within sidewalks, walkways, crosswalks or other pedestrian areas must meet ADA requirements for slip resistance. Grate inlets shall be standard Rectangular Vaned Grate type unless being used within a Sidewalks, walkways, crosswalks or other pedestrian areas where they shall meet ADA requirements. Sand collars shall be used on pipe to structure connections for all smooth wall pipes with 12" diameter or smaller, except ductile iron and concrete. Sand collars are not required for pipes larger than 12" diameter. The use of grate inlets or catch basins without sumps are only permitted in areas where underground conflicts prevent the use of a sump or where a sump is provided in an offset drainage structure. SECTION 5.9 OUTFALLS A. Hydraulics Project Approval 1. A new outfall or a modification to an existing outfall of a designated watercourse may require a Hydraulic Project Approval (HPA) from the Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW). When HPA is required, the Applicant must provide proof of H PA to receive a Public Works permit. B. Maintenance Access Revision date: 109/2o25 5-4 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 1. The Applicant must construct a maintenance access and provide the City a maintenance easement for all new or modified outfalls that the City will maintain. SECTION 5.10 EROSION PREVENTION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL A. Plans for any activity that disturbs ground shall include an erosion prevention and sediment control plan (ESC) designed in accordance with the adopted King County Surface Water Design Manual. The plan shall provide information for temporary erosion prevention and sediment control during all phases of construction and shall provide permanent stabilization for disturbed areas. During construction, the Director may require additional measures as needed to prevent erosion and retain sediment. B. The plan shall emphasize erosion prevention rather than sediment control and shall minimize the extent and duration of soil exposure. In addition, the plan shall minimize runoff velocities and retain sediment on -site. C. At a minimum, the ESC plan shall show clearing limits, critical area buffers, and shall provide temporary stabilization, sediment retention, and perimeter protection. In addition, some projects will require stabilized traffic areas and surface water controls, which shall be shown on the ESC plan. The plan shall also provide a description of final stabilization methods. D. The plan shall provide the seed mix for the temporary and permanent seeding. E. The plan shall require cover measures as follows: 1. At all times, any disturbed areas left unworked for more than 3o days shall be seeded. 2. May 1 through September 3o, temporary cover measures shall be installed on ALL areas left undisturbed for more than seven days. 3. October 1 through April 3o, minimum wet season requirements: a. Install temporary cover measures on all areas that will remain unworked for more than TWO DAYS and on stockpiles and steep cut and fill slopes. b. Retain onsite a quantity of cover measures materials sufficient to cover all disturbed areas. c. By October 8, temporarily seed and mulch all areas that will be unworked during the wet season. d. Mulch all seeded areas. e. Stabilize all construction traffic areas, unless already graveled. F. ESC Maintenance 1. Failure to maintain ESC measures in accordance with the approved maintenance schedule may result in the work being performed at the direction of the Director and assessed as a lien against the property where such facilities are located. Revision date: 109/2o25 5-5 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 2. During the life Ofthe project, thePernlbtee shall maintain ingood condition and promptly repair, restore, orreplace all grade surfaces; walls, drains, dams, structures, vegetation, erosion and sediment control measures, and other protective devices inaccordance with approved plans. 3. The Pernlitteeshall monitor the downstream drainage features, and shall, with the Director's approval, remove all sediment deposition resulting from pro'ect're|atedvvork. 4' The Director shall assume maintenance and operation responsibilities for all ESCmeasures located within public easements and rights'of'vvay following final acceptance Ufsuch facilities bythe Director. 5. All projects 1acre ormore require ESCsupervisors tohave aturbidity meter onsite. Projects less than 1acre will require ESC supervisors to have aturbidity meter onsite onacase'by'casebasis. SECTION 5.11 NOT USED Revision date: 10/19/2025 5-6 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS SECTION 5.12 SURFACE WATER MAPS 5.12.1 MAP 1 - FLOW CONTROL DRAINAGE BASINS Crook sVr .. beret Tuk'ita C Iy Limits - . Naig ring Jdariariic.0ii ria t35lSsrt E3rxurod-rdy arts RC Aida • Piiw, Station Co aee at FC FLr s;H Waterbody Flood FCArea (Existing) Wetland "It Bass,n SpeciS+c Standard Drainage Dasi Row Control Slendenig .arrcM1rtw1,Ral 4iniFt4.0. 0sdaa:y°„.i Revision date: io/i9/2o2.5 5-7 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS CHAPTER 6 FLOOD ZONE SECTION 6.0 GENERAL This following applies to all special flood hazard areas within the City of Tukwila jurisdiction. 6.0.1 BASE FLOOD ELEVATION A. The basis for special flood hazard areas identified by the Federal Insurance Administration is a scientific and engineering report entitled "The Flood Insurance Study for King County, Washington dated December 6, 2001, and any revisions thereto, with an accompanying Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), and any revisions thereto, hereby adopted by reference and declared to be a part of this ordinance. The Flood Insurance Study and the FIRM are on file at 630o Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 'too. B. Where flood elevation data is not available either through the Flood Insurance Study, FIRM, or from another authoritative source, the Director shall review applications for building permits to assure that proposed construction will be reasonably safe from flooding. The test of reasonableness is a local judgment and includes use of historical data, high water marks, photographs of past flooding, etc., where available. Failure to elevate at least two feet above the highest adjacent grade in these zones may result in higher insurance rates. C. When base flood elevation data has not been provided in A zones, the Director shall set the base flood elevation by using any base flood elevation and floodway data available from a Federal, State or other source. D. For subdivision proposals and other proposed developments that contain at least 5o lots or 5 acres, where base flood elevation data has not been provided or is not available from another authoritative source, the Developer shall generate base flood elevation data. 6.0.2 BOUNDARY INTERPRETATION The Director shall determine special flood hazard area boundaries when there is a conflict between a mapped boundary and actual field conditions. 6.0.3 WATER COURSE RELOCATION If a watercourse will be relocated, provide description of the extent to which the watercourse will be altered or relocated because of proposed development. The Director, acting for FEMA, will require: Revision date: 109/2o25 6-1 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS A. Notification to adjacent communities and the Department of Ecology (DOE) prior to any alteration or relocation of a watercourse, and evidence that notification was provided to the Federal Insurance Administration. B. Maintenance within the altered or relocated portion of said watercourse so that the flood carrying capacity is not diminished. 6.0.4 REQUIRED INFORMATION A. Elevation in relation to mean sea level, of the lowest floor (including basement) of all structures, B. Elevation in relation to mean sea level to which any structure has been flood proofed, C. Certification by a registered professional engineer or architect that the flood proofing methods for any nonresidential structure meet the flood proofing criteria in TMC 16.52, and, D. Description of the extent to which a watercourse will be altered or relocated as a result of proposed development. SECTION 6.1STANDARDS 6.1.1 GENERAL A. All plans shall show the nature, location, dimensions, and elevations of the area in question, including existing or proposed structures, fill, materials storage, drainage facilities. Specifically, the following information is required: 1. Elevation in relation to mean sea level, of the lowest floor of all structures. 2. Elevation in relation to mean sea level to which any structure has been flood proofed. B. In all special flood hazards where flood elevation data is not available, either through the FIRM or from another authoritative source, all new construction and substantial improvements shall be elevated at least two feet above the highest adjacent grade. 6.1.2 ANCHORING A. All new construction and substantial improvements shall be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse, or lateral movement of the structure. B. All manufactured homes must likewise be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse, or lateral movement, and shall be installed using methods and practices that minimize flood damage. Anchoring methods may include, but are not limited to, use of over -the -top or frame ties to ground anchors (Reference FEMA's "Manufactured Home Installation in Flood Hazard Areas" guidebook for additional techniques). Revision date: 109/2o25 6-2 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 6.1.3 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND METHODS A. All new construction and substantial improvements shall be constructed with materials and utility equipment resistant to flood damage. B. All new construction and substantial improvements shall be constructed using methods and practices that minimize flood damage. C. All new construction and substantial improvements on slopes shall have drainage paths to guide floodwaters around and away from proposed structures. D. Electrical, heating, ventilation, plumbing, and air-conditioning equipment and other service facilities shall be designed and/or otherwise elevated or located so as to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the components during conditions of flooding. 6.1.4 UTILITIES A. All new and replacement water supply systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the systems; B. A proposed water well shall be approved by the Department of Ecology (WAC 173-16o-171); C. New and replacement sanitary sewage systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the systems and discharges from the systems into flood waters; and, D. Onsite waste disposal systems shall be located to avoid impairment to them or contamination from them during flooding. 6.1.5 SUBDIVISIONS A. All subdivision proposals shall be consistent with the need to minimize flood damage; B. All subdivision proposals shall have public utilities and facilities, such as sewer, gas, electrical, and water systems located and constructed to minimize or eliminate flood damage; C. All subdivision proposals shall have adequate drainage provided to reduce exposure to flood damage; and, D. Where base flood elevation data has not been provided or is not available from another authoritative source, it shall be generated for subdivision proposals and other proposed developments that contain at least 5o lots or 5 acres. Revision date: 109/2o25 6-3 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 6.1.6 RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION A. New construction and substantial improvement of any residential structure shall have the lowest floor, including basement, elevated one foot or more above the base flood elevation. B. Fully enclosed areas below the lowest floor that are subject to flooding are prohibited, or shall be designed to automatically equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls by allowing for the entry and exit of floodwaters. Designs for meeting this requirement must either be certified by a registered professional engineer or architect or must meet or exceed the following minimum criteria: 1. A minimum of two openings having a total net area of not less than one square inch for every square foot of enclosed area subject to flooding shall be provided. 2. The bottom of all openings shall be no higher than one foot above grade. 3. Openings may be equipped with screens, louvers, or other coverings or devices if they permit the automatic entry and exit of floodwaters. 6.1.7 NONRESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION A. New construction and substantial improvement of any commercial, industrial or other nonresidential structure shall either have the lowest floor, including basement, elevated one foot or more above the base flood elevation; or, together with attendant utility and sanitary facilities, shall: 1. Be flood proofed so that below one foot or more above the base flood level the structure is watertight with walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water. City shall notify Applicants who propose to flood proof nonresidential buildings that flood insurance premiums will be based on rates that are one foot below the flood proofed level (e.g. a building flood proofed to the base flood level will be rated as one foot below). 2. Have structural components capable of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and effects of buoyancy; 3. Be certified by a registered professional engineer or architect that the design and methods of construction are in accordance with accepted standards of practice for meeting provisions of this subsection based on her development and/or review of the structural design, specifications, and plans. B. Nonresidential structures that are elevated, not flood proofed, must meet the same standards for space below the lowest floor as residential construction. 6.1.8 MANUFACTURED HOMES A. All manufactured homes to be placed or substantially improved on sites: 1. outside of a manufactured home park or subdivision, Revision date: 109/2o25 6-4 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 2. in a new manufactured home park or subdivision, 3. in an expansion to an existing manufactured home park or subdivision, or 4. in an existing manufactured home park or subdivision on which a manufactured home has incurred "substantial damage" as the result of a flood; shall be elevated on a permanent foundation such that the lowest floor of the manufactured home is elevated one foot or more above the base flood elevation and be securely anchored to an adequately designed foundation system to resist flotation, collapse and lateral movement. B. Manufactured homes to be placed or substantially improved on sites in an existing manufactured home park or subdivision that are not subject to the above manufactured home provisions be elevated so that either: 1. The lowest floor of the manufactured home is elevated one foot or more above the base flood elevation, or 2. The manufactured home chassis is supported by reinforced piers or other foundation elements of at least equivalent strength that are no less than 36 inches in height above grade and be securely anchored to an adequately designed foundation system to resist flotation, collapse, and lateral movement. 6.1.9 RECREATIONAL VEHICLES Recreational vehicles placed on sites are required to either: A. Be on the site for fewer than i8o consecutive days, B. Be fully licensed and ready for highway use, on its wheels or jacking system, is attached to the site only by quick disconnect type utilities and security devices, and has no permanently attached additions; or C. Meet the requirements for manufactured homes, including the elevation and anchoring requirements for manufactured homes. SECTION 6.2 FLOODWAYS A. Floodways are located within special flood hazard areas. Floodwaters within floodways are extremely hazardous due to high flow velocities. These waters carry debris and potential projectiles, and have a high potential for erosion. B. The following provisions apply to floodways within the City: 1. Construction of new residential structures is prohibited. 2. No construction within a designated floodway can increase base flood levels. 3. No encroachment is allowed, including fill, new construction, substantial improvements, or other development, unless a registered professional engineer certifies through hydrologic and hydraulic analyses, performed in accordance with standard engineering practice, that the proposed Revision date: 109/2o25 6-5 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS encroachment would not result in any increase in flood levels during the occurrence of the base flood discharge. 4. Repair, reconstruction, or improvement to a residential structure is allowed, as long as the structure's ground floor area does not increase and the cost of the work does not exceed 5o percent of the market value of the structure either, (A) before the repair, or reconstruction is started, or (B) before the damage occurred (if the structure has been damaged and is being restored). Any project to correct existing violations of state or local health, sanitary, or safety code specifications identified by the code enforcement official and which are the minimum necessary to assure safe living conditions or to structures identified as historic places shall not be included in the 5o percent. C. If approved, all new construction and substantial improvements shall comply with all applicable standards. SECTION 6.3 CRITICAL FACILITY A. Construction of new critical facilities shall be, to the extent possible, located outside the limits of a special flood hazard area. The Director may permit construction of a new critical facility within a special flood hazard area if no feasible alternative is available. B. Critical facilities constructed within a special flood hazard area shall meet the following: 1. Lowest floor elevated three feet above base flood elevation or elevated to the Soo -year flood elevation, whichever is higher. 2. Flood proofing and sealing measures ensure that toxic substances will not be displaced by or released into floodwaters. 3. Access to and from the critical facility protected to three feet above base flood elevation or to the Soo -year flood elevation. 4. Access routes elevated to or above the level of the base flood elevation provided to all critical facilities to the extent possible. Revision date: 109/2o25 6-6 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS CHAPTER 7 WATER SUPPLY SECTION 7.0 GENERAL 7.0.1 COMPREHENSIVE WATER PLAN The City of Tukwila has adopted a Comprehensive Water Plan to ensure the development of an efficient and adequate water supply system for the City. The current Comprehensive Water Plan can be found here: http//www.tukwilawa.gov/wp-content/uploadsJPW-Comprehensive-Water Plan.pdf . All extensions, additions, changes, or alterations to the City water system shall be consistent with the Comprehensive Plan. All planned main outages required to construct new water infrastructure shall be coordinated with the City Engineer to ensure adequate fire protection be maintained at all times. The Comprehensive Plan indicates the general location and configuration of the proposed system supply mains, interties, and loops. The exact location or configuration of the system may be modified or adjusted by the Developer, provided the proposed system remains consistent with the overall concept of the Plan. All modifications to the Comprehensive Plan design requirements require written approval by the Director. If the City's Comprehensive Water Plan anticipates or indicates the system may be expanded in the future, the permit application plan submittal shall include the expansion plan in the design. Refer to Figure 7 for water district boundaries within Tukwila. 7.0.2 SYSTEM PRESSURE Public or private systems shall be designed to maintain a minimum residual pressure not less than zo psi at ground level at all points in the system, under maximum instantaneous fire flow demand. 7.0.3 METERING All water used for any purpose other than fire protection service shall be metered. Each individual building requires a separate water meter and service line main tap. Revision date: 109/2o25 7-1 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 7.0.4 WELLS New private wells or sources of water will not be allowed. Existing facilities covered by a current water right permit from the State of Washington will be allowed if they conform to all local, state, and federal laws and regulations. The City does not allow connection between public and private systems. Such connections are unlawful. 7.0.5 COMBINATION SYSTEMS Domestic water supply shall not be combined with any fire -only supply system for new construction. Existing combination systems are allowed only where the Permittee has City -approved fire line metering and has demonstrated to the Director that the private system complies with the most current cross connection control requirements. Combination systems allowed for Single Family with approval from the Director. Pressure and flow calculations shall be provided during meter permit application. 7.0.6 FIRE AND LOOPED SYSTEM If possible for purposes of meeting fire protection and water quality standards, water systems are to be looped in accordance with the City's Comprehensive Water Supply Plan and the Uniform Fire Code. Non -looped systems require the Director's approval. 7.0.7 RECLAIMED WATER Where available, reclaimed water can be utilized for non -potable uses such as irrigation, cooling, and energy needs. Technical specifications (i.e. blocking, valves, etc.) as provided in these Standards for potable water systems are also applicable to reclaimed water systems. In addition, non -potable, reclaimed water systems must be clearly identified with signs and purple coloring in accordance with the Water Reclamation and Reuse Standards of the Washington DOE manual, Criteria for Sewage Works Design. 7.0.8 SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS Modification to the water supply or plumbing on private property requires upgrade of the meter(s) and the cross connection control to current standards. Revision date: 109/2o25 7-2 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 7.0.9 MAINTENANCE The property owner owns and maintains the water service from the meter onto the property. SECTION 7.1 METERED SERVICE 7.�.� GENERAL A. All permanent meters for one project shall be located at the property line and within the right-of-way. Compression joints used in the public system will use only stainless steel gripper band compression sleeves. No pack joints will be allowed. 1. Residential - Connections shall be a minimum of % inch and shall use one section of copper tubing type K continuous from the main to the meter, without any joints. Materials between the meter and the house must meet the current Uniform Plumbing code. For residential supply which include fire suppression, a 1" minimum service is required. 2. Non-residential - Connections shall be a minimum of 1 inch and shall use one section of copper tubing type K continuous from the main to the meter, without any joints. Pipe and fittings shall be rated for pressure of twice the maximum working pressure of the 36o-pressure zone. 3. Deduct Meter - The meter shall read in cubic feet and shall have a TRPL register that is compatible to the Sensus automatic reading system. Install deduct meter for landscape irrigation next to the permanent water meter or within six feet of the permanent meter when located in a landscaped area. In order to connect the deduct meter to the permanent meter reading system, connect the two boxes using PVC conduit. 4. All private service lines shall be backfilled with 1-1/4" minus crushed material (WSDOT Crush Surfacing Base Course 9-03.9(3),or approved equal) to within 18" of the surface. Top 18" section to match surrounding material (WSDOT CSTC 9-03.9(3) under roadway/pavement, Native/Topsoil in landscaped areas, or approved equal). 5. Permanent Service Disconnection - When determined by the Director, Permittee shall remove the corporation stop at the main and pipes, meters, etc. 7.1.23/4" AND 1" SERVICE 1. Materials Revision date: 109/2o25 7-3 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS A. Tapping Saddle: Single strap Romac ioiU w/ AWWA I.P. thread tap or approved equal. B. Corporation Stop: Mueller B-25o28N or B-2oo13N. C. Angle stop: Mueller B-24258N with H1421oN or P-142o6N tailpiece. D. Meter Setter: No setters allowed. E. Pipe: Type K copper tubing. F. Meter Box: 1. For %" — Olympic Foundary SM-29 or Carson BCF Heavy Wall 1118 — ii"x18"x18" or equivalent plastic box with D.I. lid. 2. For 1" - #2 Fogtite or Carson BCF Heavy Wall 173o — 17"x3o"x18" with D.I. lid. 3. Plastic meter boxes allowed in landscape areas only. Solid steel 1/2" diamond plate lid in traffic areas. Boxes used in traffic areas require prior approval. 2. Installation A. Per WS-oi. 7.1.31-1/2" AND 2" SERVICE 1. Materials A. Tapping Saddle: Double strap Romac 2o2S w/ AWWA I.P. thread tap or approved equal. B. Corporation Stop: Mueller B-25o28N or B-2969N w/ AWWA I.P. thread or approved equal. C. Meter setter: Mueller B2423N-2N, or approved equal. D. Bypass Assembly: 1" assembly with lockwing. E. Pipe Material: Type K copper tubing or high molecular weight black polyethylene pipe, with tracing tape. F. Meter Box: �. Form/2" meter - Fogtite #2 with 1/4" diamond -plate, solid, steel lid or Carson 173o plastic box with D.I. lid. 2. For 2" meter - Fogtite #3 or a 2' x 4' meter box, with i/4" diamond plate, solid steel, lid with three 12-inch minimum tiers or approved equal vault. Lids must have a hinged inspection plate, centered over meter. Plastic #3 in planter area is allowed when no traffic can reach the box. 2. Installation A. Per WS-oi and WS-o2. 7.1.4 3", 4", AND 6" SERVICE �. Materials A. Tapping Tee: Refer to Section 7.2.5. Revision date: 109/2o25 7-4 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS B. Gate Valve: Refer to Section 7.2.5. C. Meter Valve: Gate valve PER Section 7.2.5 with hand wheel. D. Flanged Dismantling Joint E. Pipe Material: Ductile iron, Class 52. F. Concrete thrust blocks per WS-io G. Steel tie rods with asphalt or epoxy coating. H. Meter vault: Watertight 4484-LA (3" and 4") or 51o6-LA (6") with spring assisted, galvanized -diamond plate cover with locking latch and recessed lift handle. I. Not Used J. Double strap service saddle with 2" IPS Tap K. 2" Brass Nipple L. Not Used M. 2" Ball Valve N. go° Brass Elbow O. 2" Compression Couple 2. Installation A. Provide dual independent restraint on ductile iron service pipe from point of connection at the main to the first valve in meter vault. If rods and blocks are not feasible, allowable alternative restraint systems shall be designed by a professional engineer and approved by the City Engineer. B. All service lines shall be backfilled with 1-1/4" minus crushed material (WSDOT Crush Surfacing Base Course 9-03.9(3),or approved equal) to within 18" of the surface. Top 18" section to match surrounding material (WSDOT CSTC 9- 03.9(3) under roadway/pavement, Native/Topsoil in landscaped areas, or approved equal). C. Install service with bypass assembly per WS-o4. D. Install flanged dismantling joint between meter and downstream meter valve. 7.1.5BRASS FITTING MATERIALS A. All materials for water services %-inch to 2-inch shall conform to AWWA CBoo and shall be new and undamaged. The same manufacturer of each item shall be used throughout the project. B. Brass products furnished under this specification which are not in contact with potable water shall have an alloy composition of copper, tin, lead and zinc in accordance with ASTM B62. The material is to be copper alloy UNS C83600, commonly referred to as 85-5-5-5. C. All brass components that are designed to be in contact with potable water must be made from either CDA/UNS Brass Alloys C8952o or C89833 with a maximum lead content of o.25% by weight and shall comply with ANSI/AWWA C800 and ANSI/NSF Standard 61 Annex G. Revision date: 109/2o25 7-5 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS D. Brass fittings shall comply with the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). E. Unless otherwise noted, all fittings and valves shall have a minimum working pressure of 15o psi and capable of withstanding a test pressure of 25o psi. F. All fittings shall either be stamped or embossed with the manufacturer's name or trademark. 7.1.6 TEMPORARY WATER METER Permittee rents the temporary meter from the City for use with one designated project. The temporary water meter is installed on fire hydrants only. The rental is subject to the following conditions: A. Meter presented to Public Works Operation every 3o days for a meter reading and inspection. B. Permittee shall provide approved backflow device prior to temporary water meter use. C. Meter promptly returned following project completion or by the permit expiration, whichever comes first. Permittee receives a final bill when the meter is returned to Operations. D. Meter returned in the same condition as when rented. The Permittee is responsible for meter damage or loss and shall pay all costs related to repair or replacement. E. Permittee may move the meter(s) from one hydrant to another within the same project providing Permittee: 1. Notifies and receives approval from the Water Department before the meter is moved, and, 2. Uses hydrant wrenches when connecting or disconnecting the meter. SECTION 7.2 WATER MAIN 7.2.1GENERAL 7.2.1.1. WATER/SEWER SEPARATION Install water mains at least 10 feet horizontally, measured edge to edge, from any existing or proposed sewer. The Director may allow deviation, provided the water main is laid in a separate trench or on an undisturbed earth shelf located on one side of the sewer, at such an elevation that the bottom of the water main is at least 18 inches above the top of the sewer. When a 12 inch vertical separation is not achievable between two utilities, provide a minimum 6 inch thick Ethafoam pad between utilities. In cases when the sewer main is crossing above the water Revision date: 109/2o25 7-6 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 7.2.1.2. WATER/SEWER CROSSING Install water mains crossing sewer lines so that the bottom of the water main is at least 18 inches above the top of the sewer. Locate full section of water pipe so that its midpoint is above the sewer pipe at the crossing. This installation may require special structural support for the water and sewer pipe and/or other methods to ensure proper support and isolation between the utilities. Refer to G-5. 7.2.1.3. NEW WATER MAINS All new water mains within the City of Tukwila shall comply with the following: A. Water mains shall extend along the entire property frontage. B. Design velocities less than or equal to 10 feet per second, under maximum flow conditions. C. Pipe Installation: 1. Provide at least 3' cover over main. 2. Pipe deflection is generally not allowed. Follow manufacturer's recommendation if pipe deflection is required. Pipe deflection installation shall be approved by the City of Tukwila Water System Superintendent. 3. Imbed pipe in 5/8" minus crushed gravel. 4. According to Standard Specifications and the manufacturer's recommendation. 5. Backfill and perform compaction testing as soon as possible following installation and testing of pipe 6. Install permanent surface restoration as soon as possible after backfill is accepted. 7. Mark all new public water lines with 3M EMS 4" Extended Range Marker Balls. Refer to Markerball installation in section 7.2.6. 7.2.1.4. PIPE SIZE A. In residential zones, water mains shall be 8-inch diameter, unless the Director requires larger pipe. B. In non-residential zones, water mains shall be at least 12-inch diameter, or the size specified in the City's Comprehensive Water Plan, whichever is greater. Revision date: 109/2o25 7-7 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 7.2.1.5. LOOP SYSTEMS Wherever possible, close or loop the systems to avoid non -looped lines. Where non -looped mains are unavoidable, install a standard 2-inch blow -off assembly per WS-o9, for flushing purposes. If the Director deems flows and pressure sufficient, a fire hydrant may be required in lieu of the blow -off assembly. 7.2.1.6. TRAFFIC AREAS Air and vacuum release valves in traffic areas require approval from the Director. 7.2.2 MATERIAL A. All pipes, fittings, valves, hydrants, joints, and other components shall conform to AWWA, the Standard Specifications, and be acceptable for use by the City of Tukwila. B. Pipe - Ductile iron pipe, cement lined, standard thickness, Class 52 minimum, conforming to the standards of AWWA C-151. C. Fittings and Joints - Ductile iron, with flanged or mechanical joint connections and the same thickness class as the pipe used. All fittings shall be cement mortar lined in accordance with AWWA C-1o4. D. Ductile iron fittings - Long body for operating pressure rating of 15o psi, unless otherwise noted. Metal thickness and manufacturing process shall conform to applicable portions of USA Standard A-21.10, A-21.11, B-16.2, and B- 16.4. E. Flanged Joint - Conforming to USA Standard B-16.1. Rubber gaskets for push - on -joint (Tyton) or mechanical joint (MJ) in accordance with AWWA C-111o. Gaskets shall be neoprene, chlorinated butyl, or cloth -inserted rubber. Type of connections shall be specified as push -on -joint (Tyton), mechanical joint (MJ), plain end (P.E.), flanges (FL) not threaded. 7.2.3 VALVES 1. Material A. Resilient seat, opening counter -clockwise, non -rising stem type, with double 0-ring seal equipped with standard 2-inch square stem nuts. Flanged valves or mechanical joint, suitable for installation with the type and class of pipe being used. B. Gate Valves shall conform to AWWA C-515. C. Butterfly Valves conforming to AWWA Standard C-504, Class 15o, cast iron short body and 0 ring stem seal. Butterfly valves in chambers shall have a Revision date: 109/2o25 7-8 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS manual crank operation. Buried butterfly valves shall have a standard 2- inch operating nut and suitable valve box. Direct buried valves shall be ground rated. D. Check Valves -150 psi working pressure E. Air Release Valves per WS-o7. 2. Installation A. Install valves at intervals sufficient to minimize sanitary hazards during repairs, no farther than Soo feet apart in industrial and commercial zones, and no farther than one block or 80o feet apart in other zones. B. Install a gate valve for 12-inch and smaller water mains. C. Install a butterfly valve for water mains larger than 12-inch diameter. D. Install at least two valves at all tee intersections. E. Install at least three valves at water supply/sanitary sewer crossings. F. Install a gate valve at all hydrants and fire line extensions per WS-13. 7.2.4 BLOCKING 1. Material A. Cast in place with concrete originating from a commercial batch plant or commercial batch truck. The City does not allow hand mixing. B. Tie -rods shall be galvanized or painted with a bituminous coating. 2. Installation A. Provide reaction blocking at all tees, plugs, bends, and hydrants per WS- 10. B. Cast in place so blocking bears against fittings only. C. Allow room at joints to allow dismantling. D. Wrap fittings with plastic sheeting. E. Do not backfill until the concrete reaches 3000-psi strength. F. Field conditions may require tie rods and/or restrained joints in addition to concrete thrust restraint blocking. 7.2.5 LINE TAPS 1. General A. The Permittee shall give the Public Works Department at least five working days notice of intention to disrupt service. B. Connection to an existing, in-service, water main shall be made by a wet tap. All new connections to the City of Tukwila water system shall be in strict accordance to the City of Tukwila Special Provisions. C. The Director allows cut -ins as exception and may require the addition of in -line valve(s). 2. Material Revision date: 109/2o25 7-9 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS A. Size on Size - Tapping Tee of ductile iron, full encirclement mechanical joint style, Mueller H615 or approved equivalent. B. Other than size on size - Tapping sleeves of epoxy -coated fabricated steel or full circle stainless steel. C. Fabricated steel sleeves: ASTM 285 grade C or ASTM A.36 steel, with a fusion bonded epoxy coating to AWWA C213-79, Romac FTS425 or approved equivalent. Full circle stainless steel: Romac SSTIII or approved equivalent. Painted coatings are not acceptable. 3. Installation A. A qualified tapping service approved by the Director must install the tap. Swab all fittings with a 5-6% chlorine solution, in accordance with AWWA Standard C-601. B. For approved cut -ins, assemble pipe, fittings, and gate valves at the site. Complete all assembly and ready it for installation before the water in the main is shut-off. Once the water is shut-off, the cut -in shall proceed until the line is restored to service. Installation, once begun shall not halt until completed. 7.2.6 MARKERBALL INSTALLATION A. General 1. EMS Marker installation on public water and sewer systems should conform to product standards contained in 3MTM DynateiTM EMS-iD Locator 1420 Operator's Manual dated September 2015. Installation Locations should be selected and installed using Standard Details G3 and G-4 and reviewed and approved by project engineer/inspector prior to installation. B. Installation 1. Depth of installation shall be no greater that 3' and generally be between 2' and 3' regardless of actual utility depth to accommodate signal transmission limitations of the product. Surface markers (Modeli434) shall be a nominali foot below finish grade or 2" below depth of pavement whichever is greater. 2. Marker ball locations shall be shown on the record drawings with the unique ball ID tagged to each location. Provide completed Marker Ball Log with as built submittal. C. Data Management 1. Data included on each EMS Marker should conform to product standards contained in 3MTM DynateiTM EMS-iD Locator 1420 Operator's Manual dated September 2015 and include, at a minimum the following data (See Marker Ball Log sheet in Appendix F for further information): 2. Marker ID digit number unique to each marker ball (affix bar code sticker to the tracking spreadsheet) Revision date: 109/2o25 7-10 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 3. Facility Owner a. City of Tukwila b. Other Government Agency (Normally marker balls are not required on other agencies facilities but if used provide specific owner information in the comments field) 4. Utility Type a. Water (Use Model 1423XR/iD - blue) b. Sewer (Use Modeli424XR/iD or Model 1434 - green) Note - Sewer markers are required only at side sewer connections to the main that do not connect at a manhole and where the side sewer crosses onto private property without any other form of surface feature (cleanout/inspection port). 5. Depth (Measure down from ball to top of utility in question). 6. Marker Description a. Straight Run markers (install a marker ball at least every 150' on straight runs - coordinate exact location with Engineer/Inspector). b. Vertical Deflection in the utility (at the beginning, the end and the greatest point of deflection, or every 25' along the arc whichever is less) c. Vertical Bends i. 11.25 ii. 22.5 iii• 45 d. Lateral Deflection in the utility (at the beginning, the end and the greatest point of deflection, or every 25' along the arc whichever is less) e. Horizontal Bends 1. 11.25 ii. 22.5 iii• 45 iv. go f. Repair/Rehab - (w/description of repair type or rehab method in comment field) i. Repair Band ii. Long pattern sleeve 111. Slipline iv. Other g. Other Fitting - Saddles, Tees, Crosses, Taps, Stubs, End Cap h. Side Sewer location (locate at property line if no cleanout/inspection port is present) i. Roadway Crossing End Point j. Casing End Point k. Rail Crossing End Point Revision date: 109/2o25 7-11 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS I. River/Stream Crossing End Point m. Specialty Marker — (See Comments field below). 7. Nominal Pipe Size 8. Material a. CPE b. AC c. Concrete d. HDPE e. PVC f. C-9oo/909 g. Other 9. Utility Restraint a. Physical Restraint (w/type recorded in comment field: Flanged spool, RJ, Field Lock Gaskets, Rods/Megalugs, etc.) b. Thrust Block (w/type/configuration/nominal size recorded in comment field) c. None (Default value) 1o. Date of installation or repair ��. Project or Permit Number 12. Special Condition/Comment Field (could be used for various information not already captured by the normal data dictionary). Examples could be: a. Begin/End Cathodic Protection b. Begin/End Plastic sleeve over pipe in poor soil conditions c. Special Configuration information i. Repair description ii. Description of fitting (asymmetric cross w/cap on east leg) iii. Up -and -Over centered around marker iv. Down -and -Under centered around marker v. Special Utility Crossing (w/Depth to top of multiple utilities at crossing) SECTION 7.3 FIRE LINE/HYDRANT Applicant shall make written request for any exception to the following hydrant requirements. A. Size hydrant supply lines to provide the fire -flow required by; 1) Appendix III -A of the Uniform Fire Code, Fire Flow Requirements for buildings and 2) the City's Water System Comprehensive Plan. B. Install all fire hydrants, auxiliary gate valves, and supply lines per City WS-13 and WS-14. Install fire hydrant feed lines at right angles to the supply main in conformance with WS-13. Revision date: 109/2o25 7-12 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS C. Locate hydrants so they are in plain view, for a distance of 5o feet, in the line of vehicular approach. The approach line -of -sight shall be free of shrubs, trees, fences, landscaping, etc. All hydrants shall be painted per the NFPA 291 color codes. For Class AA, rated at 1500 gpm or greater, the tops and nozzle caps shall be painted with Farwest Paint Color Number 257 (Delphinium Blue) and all hydrant barrels shall be painted Farwest Paint Color Number X-3472 (case yellow - safety). For other capacity ratings of hydrants, refer to N FPA 291, or consult with the City. D. Locate hydrants within 15o feet of the building and no farther than 30o feet from any perimeter point of the building. E. Locate public fire hydrants at a maximum spacing of 30o feet along City water mains. F. Leads from the service main to the hydrant shall be at least 6-inch diameter and not over 5o feet long without written approval from the City Engineer SECTION 7.4 CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL 7.4.1 GENERAL In accordance with Washington State Department of Health guidelines for Group A Public Water Systems, WAC 246-29o-49o, the Director has implemented a cross -connection control program to protect the public water system from contamination via cross connection. The program requires elimination or control of any cross -connection between the distribution system and a consumer's water system by the installation of an approved backflow assembly. The owner of these assemblies must maintain and provide annual test results to the Department. 7.4.2 NEW CONNECTIONS A. Water Supply 1. Every new, commercial residential connection to the City's water supply requires installation of an approved Reduced Pressure Backflow Assembly (an RP Device) immediately downstream of the permanent water meter as premises isolation per WS-21. Installation at another location requires the Director's approval. B. Fire System 1. Every new or modified fire line connection to the City's water supply, shall include an approved double check detector valve assembly, installed per WS-15. The City does not require a double check valve detector assembly on a private fire system that is downstream of a connection protected by an RP Device. C. Irrigation System Revision date: 109/2o25 7-13 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 1. Every new or modified irrigation system shall incorporate a double check valve assembly for cross connection control. Install per WS-22 or WS-23 as applicable. 2. All irrigation systems to be turned over to Tukwila for operation and maintenance require rain sensors. Controllers shall be Rain Bird ESP -ME or approved equal. 3 sets of irrigation as-builts will be provided to Street Maint. Dept. Street scape tree installations within sidewalks or pedestrian paths will use tree well grates instead of pavers or concrete blocks. All tree pits shall have root barriers installed. Refer to LID-1 7.4.3 EXISTING CONNECTIONS When reviewing a Development Permit, including a Tenant Improvement (TI) application, the Director evaluates the existing service connection(s) per the following criteria: A. If the project includes any alterations to the existing plumbing system, then the entire plumbing system must be brought up to the current standards as set forth in the Uniform Plumbing Code, including the installation of approved backflow prevention on the water supply, fire line and irrigation system. B. If the project does not include any changes to the existing plumbing system, then such systems lawfully in existence at the time of installation may have their use, maintenance or repair continued if the use, maintenance, or repair is in accordance with the original design and location and no hazard to life, health, or property has been created by such plumbing system. The Department requires high health cross -connection hazard premises as defined in WAC 246-29o-49o, Table 9, for premises isolation requiring either an Air Gap (AG) or Reduced Pressure Backflow Assembly (RPBA/RP Device). C. If any previously unapproved backflow prevention device cannot be upgraded in the same location with an approved backflow prevention device, such limitations must be evaluated by the Director. D. If a new device is installed at a location downstream from the original device, all pipe must first be approved for potable water use prior to reconnection. The pipe material must be specifically rated for potable water use (no black iron), and the entire length of main to be converted must be thoroughly scoured using a multi -staged pigging process acceptable to the Director. 7.4.4 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM A. Design Revision date: 109/2o25 7-14 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS .1. The plans must be prepared, stamped, signed and dated by a Level III certificate of competency holder (NICET) or by a professional engineer registered in Washington State. B. Installation �. When the backflow prevention device is installed outside the building and underground, the installer must have NICET Level III certificate of competency or a NICET Level U contractor's certificate of competency. If the installer is different from the designer, then the installer must stamp, sign and date the plans, in addition to the designer's stamp, signature and date. SECTION 7.5 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL 7.5.1WATER MAIN TESTING A. All water mains and appurtenances shall be pressure tested for leakage in accordance with City requirements, after flushing and disinfecting for new and reestablished systems. The water main and appurtenances shall be brought to a hydrostatic pressure of 25o psi, measured at the high point in the line. Water mains require a one -hour test and fire lines require a two- hour test, during which time there cannot be any loss in pressure. B. The main shall be tested between valves or at a maximum distance of 500 feet along the main. Any leaks or imperfections shall be corrected before final acceptance. No air will be allowed in the line. C. Insofar as possible, no hydrostatic pressure shall be placed against the opposite side of the valve being tested. Test pressure shall be maintained while the entire installation is inspected. The Permittee shall provide all necessary calibrated equipment and shall perform all work connected with the tests. Tests shall be made after all connections have been made, including all connections as shown on the plan. Insofar as is practical, tests shall be made with pipe joints, fittings and valves exposed for inspection. The owner shall perform the test to assure that the equipment to be used for the test is adequate and in good operating condition, and the air in the line has been released before requesting the City to witness the test. 7.5.2 FLUSH AND DISINFECT A. All new, cleaned or repaired water mains and some backflow preventer installations require disinfecting and flushing per AWWA Standard C-651. The flushing and disinfecting shall include detailed procedures for the adequate flushing, disinfecting, and microbiological testing. B. At no time shall chlorinated water from a new main be flushed into a body of fresh water including lakes, rivers, streams, and any and all other waters where fish or other natural water life can be expected. Revision date: 109/2o25 7-15 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS C. Sections of pipe to be disinfected shall first be flushed to remove any solids or contaminated material that may have become lodged in the pipe. D. At least twelve (12) hours after the flushing procedure, the Permittee shall request that the City Inspector collect water samples from the new system. These samples shall be taken in sterilized bottles and tested by a DOH approved testing lab, as designated by the Water Department. All samples must meet the DOH quality standards prior to placing the lines into service. E. The Permittee shall dispose of treated water flushed from the lines. Prior approval from the Director is required for disposal to sanitary sewers or surface water systems. F. Bag test fire lines using two new burlap bags until bags show no sign of sand, rock or debris. Revision date: 109/2o25 7-16 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS SECTION 7.6 WATER DISTRICT BOUNDARIES Revision date: 10/19/2025 7-17 City of Tukwila Water Districts Water District Tukwila Seattle 'AV z�1 VtD 125 Ighli e�r�tat ..,,y City Linals Not to Scale Date: March 23, 2010 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS CHAPTER 8 SANITARY SEWER SECTION 8.o GENERAL 8.0.1 COMPREHENSIVE SEWER PLAN The City of Tukwila's Comprehensive Sewer Plan ensures orderly and cost effective development of existing and future sewerage facilities. All proposed sewer improvements and extensions shall be consistent with the Comprehensive Sewer Plan (http://www.tukwilawa.gov/wp-content/uploads/PW-Comprehensive- Sanitary-Sewer-Plan.pdf). All modifications to the Comprehensive Sewer Plan require written approval from the Director. The Permittee shall extend the sanitary sewer improvements to the extreme boundary of the property in accordance with the comprehensive plans. If the plan does not require future extension at the Permittee's project, the Permittee shall extend the sewer to service the property. Refer to Figure 9 for sewer district boundaries within Tukwila. 8.o.2 SANITARY SEWER EXTENSION If the sewer extension provides benefit to other properties, the Permittee may arrange for partial reimbursement through a Developer Reimbursement agreement. 8.0.3 SEPTIC TANKS The Director may allow a residential septic system, which meets the requirements of King County Health Department, when there is no sanitary sewer main or lateral within 25o feet of the building. All septic tank removal or abandonment shall be accomplished in accordance with King County Board of Health Code 13.04.054, within thirty (3o) days as follows: 1. Pump the tank dry, bleach, and pump again. The tank may be removed or abandoned in place by creating holes in the bottom to allow for drainage and filling it with sand or gravel; and, 2. Provide a receipt from a King County approved pumper documenting septage removal; and, 3. Remove or destroy lid; and, 4. Fill the septic tank with compacted sand or gravel; and, Revision date: 109/2o25 8-1 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 5. Report the removal or abandonment to the King County Health officer. 8.0.4 CONNECTION TO METRO SEWER Side sewer connections to King County Department of Natural Resources interceptor sewer lines shall be allowed only by written permission from King County. The City will be the agency through which permits will be obtained for such connections. The Permittee is responsible for all coordination with Metro for necessary inspections and approvals. 8.0.5 INDUSTRIAL SEWER CONNECTION Special consideration must be given to sanitary sewer design and connection for industrial users. The Designer must consider the potential for pretreatment requirements, excessive sewage flows, special flow metering, or sampling requirements prior to industrial sewer collection/treatment system design. An industrial wastewater discharge permit may be required from King County Metro. 8.o.6 MATERIALS All materials shall be new, undamaged, inspected and approved by the Director prior to installation. Acceptance of materials does not release the Permittee from the responsibility to guarantee materials and construction. The type, class and/or thickness shall be legibly and permanently marked on sanitary sewer pipe. The supplier shall provide the City with a certificate for materials, as requested. 8.0.7 SIZING The sanitary side sewer shall be sized to carry all sanitary sewage and waste fluids of any kind from the buildings served. All toilets, sinks, stationary wash stands, floor drains, or any other piece of equipment having waste fluids shall be connected to the sanitary sewer system. Commercial minimum diameter is 6 inches. New sewer systems, except one -lot, single family residences, shall be designed based on per capita flows or other methods as approved by the City and Department of Ecology. The City requires detailed design calculations and service area maps, stamped, signed, and dated by a Washington State registered professional engineer, for the system design. Revision date: 109/2o25 8-2 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 8.0.8 SEWER/WATER SEPARATION Sewer mains shall be laid at least 10 feet horizontally, measured edge to edge, from any existing or proposed water supply line. The Director may allow a reduction to 5 feet of separation provided the water main is laid in a separate trench or on an undisturbed earth shelf located on one side of the sewer at such an elevation that the bottom of the water main is at least 18 inches above the top of the sewer. Install all sanitary sewer crossings under water mains so that the top of the sewer pipe is at least 18 inches below the bottom of the water main. Locate 18 feet of sewer pipe at the crossing so the joints will be as far from the water supply line as possible. This installation may require special structural support for the water and sewer pipe and/or other methods to ensure proper support and isolation between the utilities. When a 12 inch vertical separation is not achievable between two utilities, provide a minimum 6 inch thick Ethafoam pad between utilities. Refer to G-5. Water/sewer lines must be at least 18" apart with water over sewer at all times. If water is below sewer or at the same depth they need to be separated by at least 10' horizontally. 8.0.9 SEWER/WELL SEPARATION No sanitary sewer shall be constructed within 10o feet of a well. 8.0.10 MINIMUM SEWER SLOPES SEWER SIZE (INCHES) MINIMUM SLOPE (FEET PER 10o FEET) 4 2.00 (Side Sewer Only) 6 2.00 (Side Sewer Only) 8 0.40 10 0.28 12 0.22 14 0.17 15 0.15 16 0.14 18 0.12 21 0.10 24 0.08 27 0.07 30 0.06 36 0.05 Revision date: io/i9 2025 8-3 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS SECTION 8.iSIDE (LATERAL) SEWER 8.1.1GENERAL A. A side sewer connection longer than 150'f rom the main is considered a sewer nl8iO extension and Sh3U meet requirements of Section 8.2 SewerMain.The side sewer connection(s) to building(s) shall be made from the sewer main extension and 5h3U meet P2quin2[neOtS of section 8.1. B. The property 0vvOe'/s1maintains the sewer cOnOe[ti0n/s1from the hght-0f-way line tOthe buildiOg- C- Per[Oittee shall: 1. Connect: 8. Buildings within 25Ofeet Ofa sanitary sewer line. h, One building per side sewer unless approved bythe Director. More than One connection requires the Director's approval and recording with King County records acompleted Joint Side Sewer Easement and Maintenance Agreernent, 2. Verify the location and depth Ofthe stubs shown On8S'builtS. 3. Assume all cost, including street repairs, tapping charges, and bonds for connection tosewer main. 4' Repair street cuts per RS'03' 5. Provide: 3. Minimum diameter Of6 inches within the City right-of-way. Residential side sewers may be reduced to a nninirnunn diameter of4 inches from the right'of+vaytothe house depending onnumber ofhomes connected to it. b' Sewer clean -out andtesttee at property line. [. Where clean -out is not installed at property line, 3 marker ball shall be installed perG'3 and G-4 at the property line. d. Sewer clean -out at building with required bends totaling no more than 900 D. Refer toSS'Oland SS'O3. 8.1.2 MATERIAL A. Pipe Ductile iron (]8SS 50 minimum, PVC minimum SDR35 C3034\ gasketadpipe, orwelded HDPEwhere its use isjustified due toscouring velocities or soil problems. B. Pipe Encasement -C[)F,steel sleeve, PVC. Polyethylene for ductile iron pipe placed inpeat areas orareas ofpotential corrosion. 8.1.3 INSTALLATION A. Install on not less than 2% grade, nor greater than 1V:2H. Revision date: 10/19/2025 8-4 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS B. Install anchors for pipe having slopes over 15%. C. Encase ductile iron pipe placed in peat areas or areas of potential corrosion with polyethylene sleeve. D. Install the side sewer not less than 5 feet from any building, except where the sewer enters the building. If the sewer is below the building foundation, for every one foot of depth the side sewer shall be one foot or greater horizontally from the foundation. E. Provide clean outs, per SS-o3, at ioo foot intervals along the sewer lines, at property lines, at the building, and at all vertical or horizontal bends totaling ninety degrees (90°) or greater from the nearest cleanout. F. Outside rights -of -way, the pipe shall have at least 2 feet of cover. SECTION 8.z SEWER MAIN 8.2.1 MATERIAL A. All sewer materials shall conform to the applicable Standard Specifications. The pipe shall be legibly and permanently marked with type, class and/or thickness. The Permittee shall provide the City with a certificate for materials when requested. B. Pipe - Ductile iron Class 5o minimum, PVC minimum SDR 35, or HDPE where its use is justified due to scouring velocities or soil problems. C. Pipe Size - at least 8 inch diameter. The Comprehensive Plan or design calculations may indicate larger diameter sewers. D. Fittings - same materials as the pipe or as specified by the pipe manufacturer. 8.2.2 INSTALLATION A. Refer to SS-o9 and SS-io for manhole drop connections. B. Uniform slope between manholes. C. Sewers with 2o% or greater slope use concrete anchors approved by the Director. D. Straight alignment between manholes. E. Bury deep enough to provide adequate depth to service the lowest fixtures in the properties served. F. Minimum depth of cover for a sewer in street right-of-way is 4 feet. G. Sewer line will have a minimum of 12" separation from other underground utility. A minimum of 18" separation from any underground water utility is required. H. Markerballs shall be installed according to Section 7.2.6. and G-3 and G-4. 8.2.3 INSPECTION AND TESTING TV Inspection per Chapter 2 General Design and Construction Standards. Revision date: 109/2o25 8-5 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS Channel manholes prior to testing. A. Air Testing 1. All sanitary sewer pipelines shall be air tested in accordance with the WSDOT Standard Specifications for air -permeable or non air -permeable pipe, as applicable. The Permittee shall furnish all materials and equipment necessary for conducting the tests and all testing shall be performed under the supervision of the City Inspector. The Permittee may desire to make an air test prior to backfilling for his own purposes. However, the air test for acceptance shall be made after backfilling has been completed and compacted. B. Water Testing 1. Required on every sanitary side sewer installation. The side sewer must be water tight to 10 feet of head from the test -tee. SECTION 8.3 MANHOLES 8.3.i MATERIALS Precast Concrete Structure meeting size and dimensions according to SS-04 through SS-o8. For manhole lid refer to SS-ii. For manhole steps and ladder refer to SS-12 and SS-13. 8.3.2 INSTALLATION A. Sanitary sewer manholes are required at the following locations: 1. End of all sewer mains. 2. Change in slope or alignment. 3. Change in pipe diameter. 4. Intersection of sewers 8 inch and larger (including side sewers). 5. Intersection of sewer mains. 6. Every 50o feet on sewer mains. 7. On a side sewer 150' or longer. B. Install a spread foundation or other measure, when Director requires, to prevent differential settlement. C. Provide an outside drop connection for invert separation of 24 inches or more, measured at the manhole wall. Refer to SS-1o. Inside drop connections require the Director's approval. Refer to SS-09. D. Fully channel to the sewer crown. E. Install manholes so that the invert of the downstream manhole is at least o.1 foot below all incoming invert elevations. Approved manhole channels shall Revision date: 109/2o25 8-6 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS he8prefabricated fiberglass/PVC channel insert (GU Liner available from PRED[GULiner Systems, 26O2O31BAvenue, A|deB.C./Canada. V4VV2Z6|Tel: 6O4'60g'7755)' F. Use 8KOpN'Se8|flexible pipe connector when connecting new sewer pipes into existing structures and when connecting existing sewer pipe into new structures. G. All grout shall be "Fast Patch" as manufactured by B8s8litewith the use Of clean potable water. H. Rubber gaskets between manhole section shall beaccording to\8/SDC)T Standard Specification 9'O4.4/1\ |' Install 1Iinch thick CSBC/\&SD{lT9'O3,9/3\\foundation pad beneath manhole. SECTION 8.4 GREASEINTERCEPTOR The City requires grease interceptors on all buildings where food preparation occurs and atlocations determined bvthe Director asnecessary for the proper handling ofliquid vv3St2S. Grease interceptors shall comply with Appendix H of the Uniform Plumbing Code and the following: A. Not used. B. Provide adouble baffle type interceptor. C. Grease interceptor, 6" lines, and reference to related plumbing sheets. D. Grease interceptor sizing and installations, including both gravity and hydromechanical units, shall conform to the requirements of the current state - adopted Uniform Plumbing Code Section 1014'O Grease Interceptors, as amended by the CitV's published Grease Interceptor Installation Guide. E. Locate the vault outside the building, between 5feet and 25feet from the building foundation. F. Install 8 rninirnurn 2'/ vent from interceptor to the interior plumbing pipe fOr ventilation purpose. G. Install the interceptor so that gray waterfrom sinks, floor drains, drains under garbage compactors, isrouted through the interceptor. D{)NOT route dishwashers through the grease interceptor' NOTE: Route ONLY gray water through the interceptor. H. Every three months the Owner shall completely pump out the interceptor. Businesses that generate small amounts ofgrease may, with the Director's approval, pump the interceptor ona6'nnonthschedule. At any time, the City may inspect the interceptor and require service that ismore frequent. Revision date: 10/19/2025 8-7 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS SECTION 8.5 SEWER DISTRICT BOUNDARIES itote thidints,:ste" TLC $411 VONIFT tvld`net ta 4%4,14'4E, 90 Air{ Revision date: to/t9/2o25 8-8 City of Tukwila Sewer Districts Sewer District Tuktrtikt lIIi ME Svaie aVitaw• IttK. Reston Neta-Sewerad Area taty L wads Not to Scale Date: March 23, 201 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS CHAPTER 9 STANDARD DETAILS SECTION 9.0 STREET STANDARD DETAILS RS-o1 Typical Roadway Section RS-02 Turn Around — Cul-de-sac and Hammerhead RS-o3 Pavement Restoration R5-04 Cement Concrete Curb and Gutter RS-o5 Residential Driveway (i of 3) RS-o6 Residential Driveway (2 of 3) RS-o7 Residential Driveway (3 of 3) R5-08 Commercial Driveway RS-09 Sidewalk RS-io Parallel Curb Ramp (WSDOT STD PLAN F-40.12-03) RS-ii Combination Curb Ramp (WSDOT STD PLAN F-40.14-03) RS- 2 Perpendicular Curb Ramp (WSDOT STD PLAN F-40.15-03) RS-13 Single Direction Curb Ramp (WSDOT STD PLAN F-40.16-03) RS-14 Detectable Warning Surface (WSDOT STD PLAN F-45.10-02) RS-15 Curb and Gutter: Catch Basin Surround RS-16 Not In Use RS-17 Raised Pavement Marker RS-18 Left Turn: 2-Way Lane Typical RS-19 Left Turn: Noncontinuous RS-20 Crosswalk RS-21 Traffic Arrows — Low Speed (WSDOT STD PLAN M-24.40-02) (2 Sheets) INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS RS-22 Profiled and Embossed Plastic Lines (WSDOT STD PLAN M-20.2o-o2) RS-23A Sign Installation: Sign Post Foundation Installation RS-23B Sign Installation: Street Name Sign Installation RS-24 Illumination Design Guidelines: Roadway & Pedestrian Luminaires RS-25 Roadway Light Pole RS-25A Roadway Light Pole With 5G RS-26 Pedestrian Light Pole and Foundation RS-27 Spread Footing Luminaire Foundation: Sidewalk Application RS-28 Uniform Luminaire Wiring RS-29 Electrical Service Cabinet RS-3o Typical Loop Detection Layout RS-31 Not In Use RS-32 Street Monument RS-33 Bollard Type 1 (WSDOT STD PLAN H-6o.io-oi) RS-34 Bollard Type 2 (WSDOT STD PLAN H-60.2o-ol) RS-35 Metal Safety Railing (2 Sheets) RS-36 Mailbox Installation RS-37 MIC Driveway Design & Location RS-38 Street Opening RS-39 Work Zone Plan: Low Volume Road - Centerline RS-4o Work Zone Plan: Low Volume Road - Surveying 10' MIN UTILITY EASEMENT 1.5% (TYPJ i• NOTES: RIGHT OF WAY PAVEMENT WIDTH 2% 2% 0 0_000,000 0 0 , HOT MIX ASPHALT (HMA) 5/8" MINUS CRUSHED ROCK (CSTC PER WSDOT 9-03.9(3)) 1-1/4" MINUS CRUSHED ROCK (CSBC PER WSDOT 9-03.9(3)) STORM SEWER & CATCH BASIN CEMENT CONCRETE CURB & GUTTER CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK 2" OF 5/8" MINUS CRUSHED ROCK (CSTC PER WSDOT 9-03.9(3)) 1.5% (TYP) AA THICKNESS AS REQUIRED BY ENGINEERS DESIGN SEE RS-04 AND RS-09 TYPE OF STREET RIGHT-OF-WAY (FEET) PAVEMENT WIDTH (FEET) PUBLIC ARTERIAL PRINCIPAL 80-100 48-84 MINOR 60-80 36-64 COLLECTOR COMMERCIAL 60 48 RESIDENTIAL 60 28-36 ACCESS COMMERCIAL 60 36 RESIDENTIAL 50 28 ALLEY 20 15 CUL-DE-SAC ROADWAY 40 28 TURNAROUND 92 (DIA) 81 (DIA) PRIVATE COMMERCIAL 40 28 RESIDENTIAL 20 20 10' MIN UTILITY EASEMENT 1. ALL SPECIFICATIONS SHALL MEET CURRENT WSDOT/APWA "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROADS, BRIDGE, AND MUNICIPAL CONSTRUCTION". 2. SEE DETAIL RS-09 FOR THE SIDEWALK WIDTH. 3. STREET CLASSIFICATIONS ARE DESIGNATED BY ORDINANCE. 4. PAVEMENT SECTION MUST BE DESIGNED PER AASHTO FOR A MINIMUM OF HS20 LOADING. 5. ROADWAY SECTIONS IN SOUTHCENTER SUB AREA SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila TYPICAL ROADWAY SECTION SHEET: RS-01 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI 30' RAD 600' MAX 30' MIN. RADIUS (*RADIUS SHOULD BE BASED UPON DESIGN VEHICLE) CUL-DE-SAC 70' 0 ?P KWG F/,Qct 20 30' RADIUS MIN. 30' RADIUS MIN. 60' 20'MIN �- OFFSET HAMMERHEAD "Y" HAMMERHEAD RIGHT OF WAY LINE BACK OF SIDEWALK FACE OF CURB 5. OA - VARIES 26' MIN. ©- VARIES 40' MIN. - 48' MIN. OD - 50' MIN. O- 10' MAXIMUM SIGNING PER M.U.T.C.D. 120' MIN 20' L NO PARKING FIRE LANE 30' RADIUS MIN. 600' MAX 20' MIN HAMMERHEAD NOTES: 1. A CUL-DE-SAC IS REQUIRED FOR ALL DEAD END STREETS LONGER THAN 150' IN LENGTH. 2. CUL-DE-SAC LANDSCAPE ISLAND TO BE MAINTAINED BY PROPERTY OWNERS. 3. ALL SIGNS SHALL MEET CURRENT WSDOT/APWA "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD, BRIDGE, AND MUNICIPAL CONSTRUCTION", AND CURRENT MUTCD. 4. A HAMMERHEAD REQUIRES PRIOR APPROVAL BY THE FIRE DEPARTMENT AND CITY ENGINEER. 5. PAINTED "NO PARKING FIRE LANE" STENCILS. 12" HEIGHT. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila TURN AROUND CUL DE SAC & HAMMERHEAD SHEET: RS-02 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2025 APPROVAL: JEN TETATZIN EXISTING HMA NATIVE SUBBASE PAVEMENT RESTORATION LIMITS, 1BACK FROM EDGE OF TRENCH (3' MIN. WIDTH) SEAL JOINT EXISTING PCCP USE 1" EPDXY COATED SMOOTH DOWEL BAR .25' MIN. NATIVE SUBBASE SEAL JOINT EXISTING HMA USE 1" EPDXY COATED SMOOTH DOWEL BAR .25' MIN. NATIVE SUBBASE NOTES: 1' MINIMUM 3" HMA CL PG 58H-22 (COMPACTED DEPTH) OR MATCH EXISTING WHICHEVER IS GREATER HMA TRENCH RESTORATION PAVEMENT RESTORATION LIMITS, 1' BACK FROM EDGE OF TRENCH EXCEPT IF WITHIN 3' OF JOINT THEN REPLACE TO JOINT 3' MIN. WIDTH 4 44 44 4 PCCP TRENCH RESTORATION PAVEMENT RESTORATION LIMITS, 1' BACK FROM EDGE OF TRENCH EXCEPT IF WITHIN 3' OF JOINT THEN REPLACE TO JOINT 3' MIN. WIDTH HMA OVER PCCP EXISTING BASE 5/8" MINUS BACKFILL FOR TRENCH (CSTC PER WSDOT 9-03.9(3)) 1,2 MATCH EXISTING DEPTH PCCP PAVEMENT IS TO BE CONSTRUCTED PER WSDOT STANDARD 5-05 .15' MIN. f EXISTING BASE 0.5' BAR LENGTH 5/8" MINUS BACKFILL FOR TRENCH (CSTC PER WSDOT 9-03.9(3)) 1,2 MATCH EXISTING ACP COMPACTED DEPTH WITH HMA)4", PG 58H-22 MATCH EXISTING DEPTH PCCP PAVEMENT IS TO BE CONSTRUCTED PER WSDOT STANDARD 5-05 .15' MIN. EXISTING BASE 0.5' BAR LENGTH 5/8" MINUS BACKFILL FOR TRENCH (CSTC PER WSDOT 9-03.9(3)) 1.2 TRENCH RESTORATION 1. FOR TRENCHES LESS THAN 18" WIDE, USE 100% CDF FOR TRENCH BACKFILL. 2. FOR TRENCHES GREATER THAN 18" WIDE, ALL BACKFILL IN RIGHT-OF-WAY SHALL BE %" MINUS CRUSHED ROCK (CSTC PER WSDOT 9-03.9(3)). 3. A MINIMUM OF A ONE YEAR GUARANTEE IS REQUIRED ON ALL PAVEMENT PATCHING AND OVERLAYS. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila PAVEMENT RESTORATION SHEET: RS-03 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI FACE OF CURB 7 MATCH ROADWAY SLOPE (2% MIN.) CEMENT CONCRETE TRAFFIC CURB AND GUTTER 6Yz LEVE R=Y' p 18" FACE OF CURB -I TOP OF ROADWAY VARIES FROM 0" TO 6". MAINTAIN 1H:6V SLOPE ON SIDE OF CURB DEPRESSED CURB SECTION NOTES: MATCH ROADWAY SLOPE(2% MIN.) TOP OF ROADWAY FACE OF CURB 8Y" _' CEMENT CONCRETE TRAFFIC CURB R=1" TOP OF ROADWAY VARIES FROM 0" TO 6" CEMENT CONCRETE OR ASPHALT CONCRETE SIDEWALK OR PATH 3/8" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER (WHEN ADJACENT TO CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK) CEMENT CONCRETE PEDESTRIAN CURB 1. ALL CEMENT CONCRETE CURBS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH AIR ENTRAINED CONCRETE CLASS 3000 PSI CONFORMING TO WSDOT STD. SPEC. 6-02 EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN NOTE 2. 2. CEMENT CONCRETE CURB OR CURB AND GUTTER ALONG THE FULL WIDTH OF A DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH AIR ENTRAINED CONCRETE CLASS 4000 CONFORMING TO WSDOT STD. SPEC. 6-02. 3. CURB EXPANSION JOINT TO BE PLACED EVERY 15'. 4. REMOVAL/REPLACEMENT OF CEMENT CONCRETE CURB SHALL BE FROM EXPANSION JOINT TO EXPANSION JOINT UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. 5. FOR CURB AND GUTTER CATCH BASIN SURROUND SEE RS-15. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila CEMENT CONCRETE CURB DETAIL SHEET: RS-04 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI 6' MIN 15' MAX RAMP CEMENT C1ONCRETE PEDESTRIAN CURB (TYP.) CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK 1/2" R (TYP.) DRIVEWAY 6' MIN 15' MAX RAMP WITH 7.5% SLOPE RECOMMENDED (8.3% MAX) - VARIES. 14' MIN. 6' SECTION AO VARIES: 14' MIN. 3/8" PREMOLDED EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) PLAN VIEW CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE TYPE 1 6' MIN 15' MAX CEM NT CONCRETE PED STRIAN CURB. SEE RS-04. CEMENT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER. SEE RS 04 VARIES 3/8" PREMOLDED EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) NOTES: 5' - 6' MIN 15' MAX RAMP 6' 3/8" PREMOLDED EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) -- FLUSH 5% (TYP SECTION 6 DRIVEWAY CEMENT CONCRETE PEDESTRIAN CURB. SEE RS-04. CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK Y2" LIP DEPRESSED CURB AND GUTTER. SEE RS-04. CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK CEMENT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER. SEE RS-04. RAMP WITH 7.5% SLOPE RECOMMENDED (8.3% MAX) DEPRESSED CURB AND GUTTER. SEE RS-04. TYPE 1 - ISOMETRIC VIEW 1. THIS ALTERNATE SHOULD BE USED ONLY AFTER STUDYING CLOSENESS OF DRIVEWAYS, DRAINAGE, TOPOGRAPHY, DRIVEWAY GRADES, ETC. 2. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 4000 PSI. 3. INSPECTION REQUIRED BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. AT LEAST 24 HOUR NOTICE MUST BE GIVEN TO TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT. 4. ALL DRIVEWAY APRONS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6" THICK. 5. WHERE DRIVEWAY WIDTHS EXCEED 15', A 3/8" X 5-1/2" EXPANSION JOINT SHALL BE PLACED LONGITUDINALLY ALONG THE CENTERLINE. 6. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APWA/WSDOT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY OF TUKWILA. 7. AN ASPHALT APRON MAY BE USED WITHIN THE ROW IN AREAS WHERE NO CURB EXISTS. 8. REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONCRETE CURB, GUTTER OR SIDEWALK SHALL BE SAW CUT TO THE NEXT CONSTRUCTION JOINT. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAY ALTERNATIVE 1 OF 3 SHEET: RS-05 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI NOTES: 3/8" PREMOLDED EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) Yz" LIP 6" 18" 4' PLANTER SIDEWALK 5' 1.5 % (TYP) 6" asomamm 6" 3/8" PREMOLDED 2" - 5/8" MINUS (CSTC DEPRESSED CURB AND PER WSDOT 9-03.9(3)) GUTTER. SEE RS-04. SECTION A -A EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR DRIVEWAY PROFILES. MAXIMUM DRIVEWAY GRADE IS 15%. 1. THIS ALTERNATE SHOULD BE USED ONLY AFTER STUDYING CLOSENESS OF DRIVEWAYS, DRAINAGE, TOPOGRAPHY, DRIVEWAY GRADES, RIGHT OF WAY, ETC. 2. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 4000 PSI. 3. INSPECTION REQUIRED BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. AT LEAST 24 HOUR NOTICE MUST BE GIVEN TO TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT. 4. ALL DRIVEWAY APRONS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6" THICK. 5. WHERE DRIVEWAY WIDTHS EXCEED 15', A 3/8" X 5-1/2" EXPANSION JOINT SHALL BE PLACED LONGITUDINALLY ALONG THE CENTERLINE. 6. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APWA/WSDOT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY OF TUKWILA. 7. AN ASPHALT APRON MAY BE USED WITHIN THE ROW IN AREAS WHERE NO CURB EXISTS. 8. REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONCRETE CURB, GUTTER OR SIDEWALK SHALL BE SAW CUT TO THE NEXT JOINT. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAY ALTERNATE 2 OF 3 SHEET: RS-06 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI 3/8" PREMOLDED EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) Y2" LIP DEPRESSED CURB AND GUTTER. SEE RS-04 NOTES: SIDEWALK 5'-6' 15% m4Xx 11111.11111111111111111 lirillimammommommusig 1.5% 2" - 5/8" MINUS (CSTC PER WSDOT 9-03.9(3)) SECTION A -A * SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR DRIVEWAY PROFILE 1. THIS ALTERNATE SHOULD BE USED ONLY AFTER STUDYING CLOSENESS OF DRIVEWAYS, DRAINAGE, TOPOGRAPHY, DRIVEWAY GRADES, RIGHT OF WAY, ETC. 2. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 4000 PSI. 3. INSPECTION REQUIRED BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. AT LEAST 24 HOUR NOTICE MUST BE GIVEN TO TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT. 4. ALL DRIVEWAY APRONS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6" THICK. 5. WHERE DRIVEWAY WIDTHS EXCEED 15', A 3/8" X 5-1/2" EXPANSION JOINT SHALL BE PLACED LONGITUDINALLY ALONG THE CENTERLINE. 6. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APWA/WSDOT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY OF TUKWILA. 7. AN ASPHALT APRON MAY BE USED WITHIN THE ROW IN AREAS WHERE NO CURB EXISTS. 8. REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONCRETE CURB, GUTTER OR SIDEWALK SHALL BE SAW CUT TO THE NEXT CONSTRUCTION JOINT. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAY ALTERNATE 3 OF 3 SHEET: RS-07 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI 5'_6" 6' MIN 15' MAX 3/8" PREMOLDED EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) Y2" LIP DEPRESSED CURB AND GUTTER. SEE RS-04 NOTES: 6' MIN 15' MAX SIDEWALK 5' 6' 1.5% 6' MIN 15' MAX 15gX* 2" - 5/8" MINUS (CSTC 6 PER WSDOT 9-03.9(3)) SECTION A -A * SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR DRIVEWAY PROFILE 1. DRIVEWAY WIDTH: 25' MIN - 35' MAX. 2. THIS ALTERNATE SHOULD BE USED ONLY AFTER STUDYING CLOSENESS OF DRIVEWAYS, DRAINAGE, TOPOGRAPHY, DRIVEWAY GRADES, RIGHT OF WAY, ETC. 3. DRIVEWAYS WITH HIGH VOLUME (AS NOTED BY CITY ENGINEER) MAY BE APPROVED FOR INTERSECTION TYPE ACCESS. 4. TURNING RESTRICTIONS MAY BE APPLIED BY THE CITY ENGINEER. 5. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 4000 PSI. 6. INSPECTION REQUIRED BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. AT LEAST 24 HOUR NOTICE MUST BE GIVEN TO TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT FOR INSPECTION. 7. ALL DRIVEWAY APRONS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6" THICK. 8. WHERE DRIVEWAY WIDTHS EXCEED 15', A 3/8" X 5-1/2" EXPANSION JOINT SHALL BE PLACED LONGITUDINALLY ALONG THE CENTERLINE. 9. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APWA/WSDOT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY OF TUKWILA. 10. AN ASPHALT APRON MAY BE USED WITHIN THE ROW IN AREAS WHERE NO CURB EXISTS. 11. REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONCRETE CURB, GUTTER OR SIDEWALK SHALL BE TO THE NEXT EXPANSION JOINT; SCORE JOINTS MUST BE SAW CUT AND REPLACED WITH AN EXPANSION JOINT. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAY SHEET: RS-08 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI A 3" WIDE EDGER FINISH SIDEWALK 5' MIN (SEE ABOVE) 3/8" PREMOLDED EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) 1.5% (TYP) CURB AND GUTTER. SEE RS-04. SECTION A -A NOTES: 2" - 5/8" MINUS (CSTC PER WSDOT 9-03.9(3)) MINIMUM SIDEWALK WIDTHS MINOR ARTERIAL* PRINCIPAL ARTERIAL* SOUTHCENTER** 5' 6' 6' MIN. 4' LANDING SCORE JOINTS EVERY 5' 5' -'""-~ 5' -1 15' EXPANSION JOINTS EVERY 15' PLAN VIEW 1" WIDE X 3/8" DEEP SCORE JOINTS 3/8" PREMOLDED EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) ELEVATION 1. SIDEWALKS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 8 FEET WIDE AT BUS STOPS AND PULLOUTS, OR WHERE THE SPEED LIMIT IS OVER 35 MPH, OR WHERE A TRAIL AND SIDEWALK ARE COMBINED. 2. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 4000 PSI. 3. PLACE CEMENT CONCRETE OVER 2" OF 5/8" MINUS CRUSHED ROCK (CSTC PER WSDOT 9-03.9(3)). 4. REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE CURB, GUTTER OR SIDEWALK TO THE NEAREST JOINT; SCORE JOINTS MUST BE SAW CUT AND REPLACED WITH NEW. 5. SIDEWALKS CONSTRUCTED WITHIN SOUTHCENTER HAVE ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. * SEE TMC CHAPTER 9.48.040 FOR MORE INFORMATION ** SEE TMC CHAPTER 18.28 TUKWILA URBAN CENTER (TUC) FOR MORE INFORMATIQ,4 TO SCALE City of Tukwila SIDEWALK SHEET: RS-09 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI 0 as \\ 0 Eg eceive a broom finish. See Standard oD ! | PARALLEL CURB RAMP -40.12-03 STANDARD PLAN CURB RADIUS DETAIL warn 113a011 N?J3d A9 NMV230 a • 12.9 N N.-. C . O ive a broom finish. See Standard Speci Ramps and Landings shall rec 0 ai E o ai TYPE COMBINATION 0- m 0 0 0 0 15' - 0" MAX. (TYP.) ❑ 0. 0 CURB RAMP CURB RAMP Z 0 0 W V) 0a0 ZQZ Oy0 0m 0 ZUZ 0 0 0 000 COMBINATION CURB STANDARD PLAN F-40.14-03 N - O @ N 0 Q uj a N o O) E @ r E O_ 00 o @ �� U N c 00 N to N VC)) a) Q N O C � .1)5 O c 00, c V c SV o r2 Y N n @ - W N 3� co as ' 0 't O= U a a 0, 0 0- w @. .o Ua) Qa) ) @ Ca) UUU CC .c 0 m o c a c c @ Y E ao 3 , @mo oa)a U ai E .mca F a 3 I� 0 m� cniia O z zH a H ZO 5U ow m vt O O c as >0 mm J0 UU Y tll - C 00 a 0 U Q aO =U a @m a> o „ 0 0 O O V) � " =o 0 c )0 Q N @ N O @ G m a-30 '�0 co0 0 '0 0 a O0 U N M V Wz° 00 Z 0 N FACE OF CURB ish. See Stan E @ 0 0. 0 N) a DEPRESSED CURB AND GUTTER CURB AND G PLAN VIEW HZH Z02 Oa0 Oa0 Om0 0 U00 00 W Z a TYPE PERPENDICULAR A SLOPE IN EITHER DIRECTION 0 U (0 U Y D Y W 40 5-0 Ha g0 a0 O (05 az >00 00 0w �w -0 n0 Z 0 o TOP OF ROADWAY cct c 7 L Vg LIJ CC • U W STANDARD PLAN F-40.15-03 0az w 4m Z 00 o �} 0 F wa 0 W ce co U -< ? N ro Z- m 3 OU a Z_ Z Z= Z< w0 ¢a wZ 3� U w a a 0 w Z a H U,< W W 0m 1100011 N90. A8 NMHi34 0 0 ian crossing in one d N O .0 N .0 N O 0 y m o E Qb- m U) w E E m W. r Q 0 Z N a) 3 m LLa 0 )0 =ZN �c J uZ ❑w ww am d N m 2 (0 U 0 0 (0Wa Z ❑W () N N1V SS0.80 NIW 00- b 0) L -- c a = 30 oa c ,- ❑ N Z 0 r O W w 55 Z 0 J O wm O z 00 N U W a. 1- Z 0 r 0 W 0 > 0 ❑w Z W ZF- Q J ¢0 = J O' w a az = w K (/) UN 0 W a 0 O Wm o' LIE 0 W m 0 GRADE BREAK m 0 Q 0 SLOPE IN EITHER DIRECTION 00 C)W CURB RAMP (0 � O O0' ZZ QQ ma m UK ❑p W 2 ZN CURB RAM BACK OF WALKWAY) 0w o0 PEDESTRIAN CURB ISOMETRIC VIEW 1180011 NH0d A9 NMVNO -o a) su) 2 O L w 0 490 N @ .05.45f. 3�E2Em -@o 5 N �<9i�� W o) o 2 E 07,0 O2 p Y Ow.t.. . w y0 'O 9, O n m .�.. w 0 N 9) O 0 N N N G m 0) 'O U .� m V 0 0 O �0 O 'p C a 'o C @ E .tom �r�wE am o o �a0o E y y0. @ N ".' C U U N )0 N> 9 @@ aw� m�m�m-5 ai -6a mm 0 sj 0 o.m <n mmm s Na) o_ m.,r) (0 Q a 0 m" O @ m O) 0 o 9 r-. O Imo -61.6_0oi .2 m .@ca -o oN o U� E 9 o_a w a m m m =— `U° _ 8im.°o, 5iu)m_oE m m a❑)) 3 °.c 'C N O_ o) C O` v 0 0 N m ?y t)a)a,..99 cn�Uo-�°1 E E Ls gmc '5 -p U 0 'E O N �O N 13 U . momm @Lal, m9E JY NcY2o c dc, O. wm .o .F-• o. o .o U a) o o o)� `m E o o p a) 0 0 0 N E C@ L N r" N 'O m N O N O)� 5 ( N O U N w- >i t6 m N g •• O C cn a) 0 N C a) ._ O O Y O .O p 08 tl) Q) -O a) a) a r .... 4 0 a) a) N U t) a) ca c m @ my o ff 3 m a> `" H.`n F wp in =_c 0 Z N N) V 6 (O r W Z 9, z a m U 0 CURB AND G TRUNCATED DOME DETAILS 30v9D WIDTH OF CUT - THROUGH (TYP.) OF CUT -THROUGH ❑m �a° Z U am 0 a(o z 0 DUU U w m >IVan9 0100 30VHO pi.um�Z W a <LLN 0K0 W op VI (J,90Z itV)C9¢ 1130011 NH 33 A9 NMV8❑ 0< 0< MEDIAN CUT -THROUGH m Dry 0W 00 YZ U W a W D1 (n STANDARD PLAN F-45.10-02 0)0Y 2 XVW 91. NIW 9 O XVW NIW SHARED -USE PATH CONNECTION PLACEMENT GUIDELINES ROAD CROSSING PEDESTRIAN RAI 3/8" PREMOLDED EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) FACE OF CURB 3/8" PREMOLDED EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) A 5' MIN CURB AND GUTTER — PER RS-04. 7'-6" MAX 3/8" PREMOLDED EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) 4' MIN a 6'-6" MAX FRAME & GRATE PER DS-06 & DS-11. CO N 4' MIN co —> A INLET DETAIL om U SECTION A -A 6'-6" MAX 2.0% (TYP) RISER OR BRICK 3/8" PREMOLDED EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila CURB AND GUTTER CATCH BASIN SURROUND SHEET: RS-15 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI SSY SBY • • • •• • • • ■ • • • • • • • • 1 TWLT LANE 15' ■ • • • • ■ 24' SBY • • • • • • • •• F 27' 39' SSY 15' ■ • • • • ■ • • • • • • • • • • • • ■ 8"(TYP.) ■ 3' DSY 27' SSY* 4.5"(TYP.) 27' 27' O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O O O O O O 3' DSW 24' MINIM LEGEND DSY - DOUBLE SOLID YELLOW DSW - DOUBLE SOLID WHITE SSY - SINGLE SOLID YELLOW SSW - SINGLE SOLID WHITE SBW - SINGLE BROKEN WHITE SBY - SINGLE BROKEN YELLOW TWLT - TWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANE III TYPE 2YY REFLECTOR • TYPE #1 YELLOW TRAFFIC BUTTON o TYPE #1 WHITE TRAFFIC BUTTON ❑ TYPE 2WW REFLECTOR DIRECTION OF TRAVEL * THIS SPACING SHALL BE USED ONLY WHEN THE (SSY) IS USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE (SBY) FOR TWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANES SBW 15' NOTES: 1. ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS TYPE 1 AND TYPE 2 SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE APWA/WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila RAISED PAVEMENT MARKER SHEET: RS_17 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI STOP BAR AND CROSSWALK PER RS-2 4 h ti 4 200'-300' (TYP) -41 100' DESIRABLE a BW PER RS-17 (TYP) ARROWS PER RS-21 SW PER RS-17 NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila LEFT TURN 2-WAY LANE TYPICAL SHEET: RS-18 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI DSY PER RS-17 DSW PER RS-17 L = (WT/2) * SL L11'-14' 10'-12' 11'-14' —i L = LENGTH OF TRANSITION WT = WIDTH OF TURN LANE SL = POSTED SPEED LIMIT Y J Q 0 Q' O U N o co Q • J W Q Z W J ❑ a 0 w • w NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila LEFT TURN NONCONTINUOUS SHEET: RS-19 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI PLACE AT CENTER OF LANE (TYP) NOTES: Q- CURB OR EDGE OF ROADWAY 4-- I 1 2' MIN (TYP) i i * 2' TRAFFIC FLOW TRAFFIC FLOW l 1' 10' CROSSWALKS t LANE LINE ROADWAY q TRAFFIC FLOW TRAFFIC FLOW LANE LINE 1. CROSSWALK BARS SHALL NOT BE PLACED IN THE WHEEL PATHS AND EVENLY DISTRIBUTED. 2. USE 12" BAR IF SPEED LESS THAN 35 MPH. 3. USE 24" BAR IF SPEED IS GREATER OR EQUAL TO 35 MPH. 4. *2' CROSSWALK BARS TO BE CENTERED ON CENTERLINE, LANE LINES, AND TRAVEL LANES 5. ALL CROSSWALK CHANNELIZATION SHALL BE PLASTIC APPLICATION TYPE A PER WSDOT 9-34. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila CROSSWALK DESIGN AND PLACEMENT SHEET: RS-20 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI 119 o S » 0 re 00 »E § S , TYPE 3SL (LEFT) TRAFFIC ARROW TYPE 2SL (LEFT) TRAFFIC ARROW _3 amm a _s z w ce e ce. 0 < ogE 0 H eLt.'‹ 0 uJ 1 TYPE 7S TRAFFIC ARROW APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION 831-10131J A8100 .A8 N/V\VICI GENERAL NOTE See Standard Plan M-20.10 for pattern and color requirements. ▪ Z J Z d Q II PO w J S I Z w 3 _ 11 J ro m • � i N z w J u U QpZ v z w J J w u Q:ZO� w? hJJ of 4K �O W N z F Z U. Z W J O W J JY V Z 3 > N Q w Z Q w K W N J J J J W CO UJ uj CO O• omoom re O O- O Q ZI-C3w 000 0 F N Q_ J a� 0 0 wo r n LL 0 a 0 F V) J z aJ WY 6 0cc 0 a M 1 DOTTED EXTENSION LINE w w F • W W ? U J Z w Z J u_ - w W J Z O -Iw Q p Z Z w ▪ O Z w J z J z J WJJ Z(YO • QJ W N W Z W Z °d N • - U z W t/ l J • Q Ill m W Z Z > M w O w O ❑ U Z CLO W 2 r 160 MILS MIN. 0 15 TO 30 MILS STANDARD PLAN M-20.20-02 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET J w 0 N U re z al H w u- W Z Z J JNQ WaO w O U Z H 0 O U_ h 0) J aw OZ W z • Y cn O 0Lt m m rL o W u i • ) -J Er_ 0 O. LANE LINE 20H01H1H A81O0 •A8 NMN2J0 m 0 U la. 0 w 0 LL 2' MIN. CURB AND GUTTER EDGE OF SIDEWALK SIDEWALK SIGN LOCATION A 7' SIGN POST SQUARE 2"x2", 14 GAUGE. ATTACH SIGN WITH 2 DRIVE RIVETS. SEE NOTE 6. EMI -PERFORATED KNOCKOUTS SEE NOTE 1 TWO DRIVE RIVETS, SEE NOTE 6 ROUND SURFACE ANCHOR SQUARE 2.5" X 2.5" OD, 7 GAUGE, 24" LENGTH, WITH CAP ON BOTTOM SEE NOTE 5.. 2 CUBIC FT. CONCRETE SIGN INSTALLATION SIDEWALK - 6" MIN. CURB AND GUTTER SIGN LOCATION B SIGN POST NOTES 1. SIGN POST SHALL BE 2"x2" SQUARE STEEL POSTS, MINIMUM 14 GAUGE, WITH 7/16" SEMI -PERFORATED KNOCKOUTS ON 1" CENTERS FULL LENGTH FOUR SIDES. 2. STOP AND YIELD SIGN POSTS SHALL HAVE 3M HIGH INTENSITY PRISMATIC REFLECTIVE SHEETING WRAPPED AROUND THE POST FOR THE ENTIRE HEIGHT OF THE POST. 3. FOR IN -SIDEWALK INSTALLATIONS, CORE 4" DIAM. HOLE. ANCHOR LENGTH MAY BE DECREASED TO 12". SURFACE ATTACHED SIGN POST MUST BE APPROVED BY ENGINEER. 4. POST SHALL BE ROLLED CARBON SHEET STEEL AND SHALL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A653, G90, STRUCTURAL QUALITY GRADE 50. 5. ANCHOR SHALL HAVE FOUR 7/6" DIAM. HOLES, ONE EACH SIDE, 2" FROM TOP END.ANCHOR SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM A500 GRADE B AND HALL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED. 6. INSTALL TWO DRIVE RIVETS AT 90 DEGREES TO EACH OTHER. DRIVE RIVETS TO BE 3/8" DIA., ZUMAR TL3806 OR DUNLAP INDUSTRIAL VCR221. SIGN INSTALLATION NOTES 1. SIGN SHEETING REQUIREMENTS: STOP, YIELD, KEEP RT, TURN RESTRICTION, LARGE ARROW, CHEVRON, CURVE/TURN WARNING, PED & ADV PED CROSSING, SCHOOL AND ADV SCHOOL CROSSING, STOP/YIELD/SIGNAL AHEAD, OBJECT MARKERS, END OF ROAD MARKER, ALL STREET NAME SIGNS AND ALL MAST ARM OR OVERHEAD MOUNTED SIGNS SHALL BE 3M HIGH INTENSITY PRISMATIC SHEETING, OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2. SIGN HEIGHT SHALL BE 7' FROM BOTTOM OF SIGN TO STREET OR SIDEWALK OR 6.5' FROM BOTTOM OF LOWER SIGN FOR MULTIPLE SIGNS ON ONE POST. EXCEPTIONS ONLY AS SPECIFICALLY STATED ON PLANS OR APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. 3. DESIRED SIGN LOCATION SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 2' FROM FACE OF CURB OR 6" FROM BACK OF WALK NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila SIGN INSTALLATION SIGN POST FOUNDATION INSTALLATION SHEET: RS-23A LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI POST MOUNTED SIGNS TO BE DOUBLE SIDED. SEE RS-23A FOR POST INSTALLATION DETAILS 6" - NON ARTERIAL 9" - ARTERIAL ti S 144 St VARIES. 18" MINIMUM SIGN: SHEET ALUMINUM, .080 GAUGE, SIZED AS NEEDED WITH ROUNDED CORNERS. BACKGROUND: GREEN, 3M HIGH INTENSITY PRISMATIC SHEETING LETTERS: WHITE LETTERING FORMED USING 3M ELECTROCUT FILM SERIES 1170, OR APPROVED EQUAL. NON ARTERIAL INTERSECTION - 4" SERIES C WITH 2" LC SERIES C ARTERIAL INTERSECTION - 6" SERIES C WITH 3" LC SERIES C BORDER - SCREEN PRINT 5/16" WIDE WITH 3/4" RADIUS ON CORNERS. HARDWARE: MOUNTING HARDWARE SHALL BE ZUMAR Z12RDSQ200EX CAP AND ZUMAR 812EX90X CROSSPIECE, OR APPROVED EQUAL. POST MOUNT 72" MINIMUM 1 18" MINUMUM MAST ARM STREET NAME SIGN STAINLESS STEEL BOLT & WASHER FRONT VIEW STAINLESS STEEL BANDS (3/4" X 0.045") MAST ARM STREET NAME SIGN SIDE VIEW FLARED LEG HIGH CARBON STEEL SIGN MOUNTING BRACKETS MAST ARM MOUNT SIGN: SHEET ALUMINUM, 0.100, SIZED AS NEEDED WITH ROUNDED CORNERS. BACKGROUND: GREEN, 3M HIGH INTENSITY PRISMATIC, OR APPROVED EQUAL. LETTERS: WHITE LETTERING FORMED USING 3M ELECTROCUT FILM SERIES 1170, OR APPROVED EQUAL. 12" C SERIES WITH 8" LC C SERIES BORDER - SCREEN PRINT 5/8" WIDE WITH 3/4" RADIUS ON CORNERS. HARDWARE: SIGNS SHALL BE INSTALLED USING EITHER BANDING (TO HORIZONTAL SECTION OF MASTARM) OR PELCO ASTRO SIGN-BRAC (TO CURVED SECTION OF MASTARM OR VERTICAL SECTION OF POLE) NOTE: SIGNING MATERIAL AND FABRICATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECTION 9-28 OF THE WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATION, CURRENT EDITION AND MUTCD, CURRENT EDITION. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila SIGN INSTALLATION STREET NAME SIGN INSTALLATION SHEET: RS-23B LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI 0 0 0 0 0 i�. ion '/ l, i�. io\ / (-- 0 0 0 0 ROADWAY CLASSIFICATION ROADWAY WIDTH LUMINAIRE WATTAGE AVERAGE MAINTAINED FOOTCANDLE MAXIMUM UNIFORMITY RATIO (AVG:MIN) LUMINAIRE MOUNTING HEIGHT LIGHT DISTRIBUTION PATTERN MAJOR ARTERIAL OVER 44' 1.5 3 TO 1 40'-6" MAJOR ARTERIAL < 44' 1.5 3 TO 1 40'-6" COMMERCIAL / INDUSTRIAL <_ 44' 0.8 3 TO 1 40'-6" RESIDENTIAL ARTERIAL < 44' 0.6 4 TO 1 30'-6" RESIDENTIAL LOCAL <_ 34' 0.4 6 TO 1 30'-6" * TO BE DESIGNED TO MEET ROADWAY DESIGN CRITERIA NOTES: 1. MAJOR ARTERIAL AND COMMERCIAL / INDUSTRIAL ROADWAY TYPE LUMINAIRES SHALL BE LED WITH CORRELATED COLOR TEMPERATURE (CCT) OF 4000K +/- 300K. RESIDENTIAL ROADWAY TYPE LUMINAIRES SHALL BE LED WITH CCT OF 3000K +/-300K. CITY PRE -APPROVED ROADWAY LUMINAIRE FIXTURES SHALL BE "LEOTEK - GREEN COBRA" MODEL GCL1-80G-MV-NW-2R-GY-700-WL or GCL1-80J-NW-2R-GY-220-WL" OR APPROVED EQUAL. FINISH COLOR SHALL BE GRAY. 2. ROADWAY LUMINAIRES (ALL CIRCUITS) SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY A SINGLE PHOTOCELL LOCATED ON THE POLE NEAREST TO THE SERVICE CABINET. REMAINING LUMINAIRES SHALL HAVE SHORTING CAPS INSTALLED. LINE VOLTAGE SHALL BE 240V MULTI -VOLT. 3. INSTALLATION OF ROADWAY LIGHTS AND POLES SHALL BE PER CITY OF TUKWILA STANDARD DETAILS, SHEET RS-25 AND SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST EDITION OF WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 4. INSTALLATION OF PEDESTRIAN LIGHTS AND POLES SHALL BE PER CITY OF TUKWILA STANDARD DETAILS, SHEET RS-26 AND SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST EDITION OF WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 5. ALL STREET LIGHTING DESIGN PLANS SHALL BE STAMPED BY A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, WITH PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE IN ILLUMINATION DESIGN, REGISTERED IN WASHINGTON STATE AND APPROVED BY CITY STAFF. 6. DEVELOPERS SHALL PROVIDE LIGHTING DESIGN FOR SUBDIVISIONS, INDUSTRIAL OR COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENTS FOR CITY APPROVAL. NOT TO SCALE �+-4 i I FOS City of J Tukwila ILLUMINATION DESIGN GUIDELINES ROADWAY AND PEDESTRIAN LUMINAIRES SHEET: RS-24 LAST REVISION: OCTOBER 2025 APPROVAL: JEN TETATZIN POLE CAP ALLOY 43 WITH STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS OD (POLE O.D. - TOP) ALLOY 6063-T6 SATIN GROUND FINISH TAPERED ALUMINUM TUBE E©WALL, HEAT TREATED POLE WALL REINFORCING FRAME 1/2" - 13NC TAPPED GROUNDING HOLE HANDHOLE SECTION A B C D E F G H 30'-6" 2' TO 5' 8" 6" 0.188" 27'-2" 11.25" 11" T012" 7' 8" 6" 0.188" 27'-2" 11.25" 11" T012" 9' 8" 6" 0.188" 27'-2" 11.25" 11" T012" 12' 8" 6" 0.188" 27'-2" 11.25" 11" T012" 40'-6" 2' TO 5' 8" 6" 0.250" 37'-2" 11.25" 11" T012" 7' 8" 6" 0.250" 37'-2" 11.25" 11" T012" 9' 8" 6" 0.250" 37'-2" 11.25" 11" T012" 12' 8" 6" 0.250" 37'-2" 11.25" 11" T012" NOTES: 1. ROADWAY LUMINAIRE POLE SHALL BE HAPCO, RTA TRUSS ARM SERIES, OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2. TRUSS ARM SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH 2" N.P.S. SLIPFITTER (SPECIFY MOD. 140 FOR 1.25" N.P.S. SLIPFITTER). 3. TWIN TRUSS ARMS SHALL BE LOCATED 180° O.C. 4. LOCATION OF ROADWAY LIGHT POLES SHALL BE PER PLANS. 5. JUNCTION BOX, CONDUIT AND WIRING INSTALLATION SHALL BE CITY OF TUKWILA STANDARD DETAIL SHEET RS-28. 6. POLE FOUNDATION SHALL BE PER WSDOT STANDARD PLAN J-28.30, EXCEPT 4-BOLT CONFIGURATION SHALL BE USED, PER BASE PLATE DETAIL, THIS SHEET. 7. SECURE ANCHOR BOLTS IN PLACE BEFORE POURING CONCRETE. INSTALL BOLTS WITH A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) THREADS EXPOSED. 8. ALL THIRD PARTY POLES SHALL USE THE 11.5" BOLT PATTERN. F O w -J O Zs) ' /11 t 3'-0" (MIN 2'-0") LUMINAIRE PER CITY OF TUKWILA STANDARD DETAIL SHEET RS-24 TRUSS ARM (ALUMINUM ALLOY AND STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE) BOLT CIRCLE ©H WITH 1-1/4" DIA BOLT HOLES 2'-6" SQUARE BASE BASE PLATE DETAIL DECAL NUMBERING SYSTEM HAND HOLE (4"x6" NOMINAL) NON -FLUSH TYPE, COMPLETE WITH REINFORCING FRAME ALLOY 356-T6. COVER AND 5.5 HEX. HO. STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS. (FACING DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC) © (POLE O.D. - BOTTOM) BASE FLANGE ALLOY 356-T6 W/ BOLT COVERS AND STAINLESS STEEL SCREW (S.Q.) OA MOUNTING HEIGHT POLE -SAFE OMNI-DIRECTIONAL BREAKAWAY SUPPORT SYSTEM, MODEL # 4100, WITH SKIRT BY TRANSPO INDUSTRIES TOP OF ROADWAY ROADWAY LIGHT POLE DETAIL NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila ROADWAY LIGHT POLE SHEET: RS-25 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI Roadway Lightpole with 5G Pole Standard City of Tukwila The City of Tukwila is in the process of developing a detailed pole standard for the roll -out of 5G cellular service using City -owned street light poles. The pole type that will be allowed use the "smart -stack" appearance with components enclosed inside the pole structure. Outside pole diameters will likely vary from 16-inches to 20- inches and the maximum height of the pole will vary depending on the location of the individual pole. Luminaire arms will also vary in length, depending on the location and application. Luminaire arm height and length should match existing poles in vicinity. Electric meters may be on a separate pedestal, or utilize City infrastructure, with prior approval. Meters are not permitted to be installed exterior to the pole. The outside of the pole is intended to be visually similar to the existing street light poles within the City, which are typically made of spun aluminum, but the 5G poles are anticipated to be constructed of steel. Base plate and bolt placing will vary based on the final diameter of the individual poles, but the provider must provide an adaptor plate to the City to accommodate the City's standard base for streetlights. The pole must have a full power -cut off in the case a pole is knocked over or damaged. Inside the pole, the provider's needs on where and how to place their equipment will be accommodated as needed, but the City requires space for the both the illumination as well as future technology expansions. The intent is to have all equipment and antenna enclosed in the pole. Access ports can be separated between the provider and the City, but the City must be provided the ability to turn off the 5G service when doing routine maintenance on the pole and luminaire. Reuse of existing luminaire foundations is not allowed. New foundations must be stamped by a licensed Professional Engineer for each pole location. The new 5G pole may encroach on adjacent sidewalks but minimum sidewalk widths meeting ADA standards and other City standards will be required. NOT TO SCALE ci of Tukwila ILLUMINATION DESIGN GUIDELINES ROADWAY AND PEDESTRIAN LUMINAIRES WITH 5G SHEET: RS25-A LAST REVISION: MAY 2021 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI 0 3" CLR TOP OF SIDEWALK LUMINAIRE AND POLE BASE I I - +-+ I I I I - I I - -I- 1 1 a I I I I I - t-t---t-- -t--I- I I I I I I I I 1 I I 1 1 I I I I I I I Q I I I I I I 1 IQ I I I I— I I I I I 2'-6" ROUND KA40-T-2 TWIN ARM ASSEMBLY BY KING LUMINAIRE (WHERE REQ'D PER PLANS), LOCATED 180° O.C. +/- 3'-0" +/- 3'-0" n GROUT (WITH DRAIN TUBE) ROUGHEN SURFACE 1y" CLR (4) - 3/4' DIA x 36" ANCHOR BOLTS FOR CONDUIT SEE CITY OF TUKWILA STANDARD DETAIL, SHEET 28 ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE 1/4" THICK STEEL PLATE. SIZE TO FIT ANCHOR BOLTS AND BOLT CIRCLE (TYP) 8 - #5 BARS EVENLY SPACED #4 HOOPS @ 12" SPACING FOUNDATION DETAIL 6'-0" POLE ch 7K2 04 VISCOUNT LUMINAIRE BY KING TECHNOLOGY (WATTAGE AND DISTRIBUTION TYPE PER PLANS, LED, 240V MULTI -VOLT, CCT OF 3000K +/- 300K, RIPPLED GLASS LENS, KPL-10 LEVELING DEVICE, FINISH COLOR: FEDERAL GREEN OR STANDARD BLACK) KA40-T-1 ARM ASSEMBLY BY KING LUMINAIRE (WITH BALL AND DAGGER ARM FINIAL) NOT TO BE PROJECTED OVER CURB LINE KM9ORF-16 CANTERBURY POLE AND BASE BY KING LUMINAIRE OR APPROVED EQUAL 17" DIA BASE PLATE 1Y2' BOLT CIRCLE WITH (4) 1"x2" SLOTS ACCEPTING Y4' DIA ANCHOR BOLTS 4Y4" CONDUIT ENTRY BASE PLATE DETAIL REINFORCED HAND HOLE (FACING DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC) TOP OF ROADWAY FOUNDATION PER DETAIL, THIS SHEET 18 --I PEDESTRIAN LIGHT POLE DETAIL NOTES: 1. POLE , BASE AND ARM ASSEMBLY SHALL BE TEXTURED FEDERAL GREEN OR STANDARD BLACK COLOR. 2. JUNCTION BOX, CONDUIT AND WIRING INSTALLATION SHALL BE CITY OF TUKWILA STANDARD DETAIL, SHEET RS-28. 3. WHEN INSTALLING FOUNDATION, CAST CONCRETE DIRECTLY AGAINST UNDISTURBED DRILLED SHAFT (CLASS 4000P). 4. FOUNDATION ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL BE HIGH-STRENGHT STEEL, MANUFACTURED FROM ASTM F1554 GRADE 105, WITH HEAVY HEX NUTS AND HARDENED WASHERS. GALVANIZE THE ANCHOR BOLTS ACCORDING TO ASTM F2329. 5. THE FOUNDATION SHALL BE GROUNDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 8-20.3(4). 15'-6" MOUNTING HEIGHT 6. SECURE ANCHOR BOLTS IN PLACE BEFORE POURING CONCRETE. INSTALL BOLTS WITH A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) THREADS EXPOSED. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila PEDESTRIAN LIGHT POLE AND FOUNDATION DETAIL SHEET: RS-26 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI " OR LARGER TO MATCH SIDEWALK DIMENSIONS "8'-6" (MIN) 2'-0" *6-6" (MIN) 6" 6' 0" 3'-0" 3'-0" CLASS 4000P CONCRETE. 1'-3" POLE FOUNDATION PLAN 7-3/4" 3-7/8" 2-3/4" 1" 0 A307 ANCHOR BOLT 1-1/2" CLR 1'-0" MIN. NOTES: 3" CLR 3" CLR / FACE OF CURB �LUMINAIRE ORIENTATION w 0 3J TOP #5 @ 18" O.C. W/ HOOK EACH END, LONG DIMENSION ONLY BOTTOM #5 @ 6"0.C. EACH WAY W/ HOOK EACH END. 6" RADIUS 12" MIN. - CURB & GUTTER UNDISTURBED EARTH OR COMPACTED FILL 2" SCH 80 PVC CONDUIT GROUND ROD FOUNDATION SECTION 1. THE FOUNDATION SHOWN IS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR A "HAPCO TYPE" ALUMINUM POLE UP TO 30' MOUNTING HEIGHT AND 8' MAST ARM. 2. CONCRETE FOR FOUNDATION SHALL BE CLASS 4000P, COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AT 28 DAYS. USE OF PERVIOUS CONCRETE IS PROHIBITED WITHIN FOUNDATION. 3. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM A615 GRADE 60. 4. ALL PERMANENT CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER. ALL ELECTRICAL WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO LATEST NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) REQUIREMENTS. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila SPREAD FOOTING LUMINAIRE FOUNDATION SIDEWALK APPLICATION SHEET: RS-27 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI HAND HOLE JUNCTION BOX SHALL BE SET IN SIDEWALK (OR PER THE PLAN) NEAR OR ADJACENT TO POLE BASE AND BOTTOM OF BOX MUST BE ABLE TO DRAIN CURB AND GUTTER STREET LIGHT OR SIGNAL POLE HAND HOLE ON SIDE OPPOSITE APPROACHING TRAFFIC ROME POLE AND BRACKET CABLE WITH TWO CONDUCTOR AWG #8 STRANDED COPPER WIRES, 45 MIL PVC INSULATION, 95 MIL HMW POLYETHYLENE BELT OR APPROVED EQUAL GROUND LUG GROUND TO MATCH GAUGE OF CONDUCTORS COPPER CRIMP CONNECTION SPLICE KIT SCH 80 PVC CONDUIT (PER PLANS) TO STREET LIGHT (PER PLANS) BELL END PVC BUSHING LUMINAIRE POLE POLE POLE PLACEMENT PER PLANS TO LUMINAIRE QUICK DISCONNECT FUSE KITS (2 EACH) BELL END PVC BUSHING 1-1/2' TYP 2" SCH 80 PVC CONDUIT BELL END PVC BUSHING TO STREET LIGHT (PER PLANS) SCH 80 PVC CONDUIT (PER PLANS) NOTES: 1. JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE INSTALLED PER WSDOT STANDARD PLANS J-40.10 AND J-40.30. 2. JUNCTION BOX GROUNDING SHALL BE INSTALLED PER WSDOT STANDARD PLAN J-60.5. 3. J-BOX LID TO BE WELDED SHUT AFTER FINAL INSPECTION WITH TWO 1" LONG WELDS AT OPPOSITE CORNERS. 4. EXCEPT AS NOTED, ALL WIRING METHODS SHALL CONFORM TO THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) AND APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THE WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila UNIFORM LUMINAIRE WIRING SHEET: RS-28 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI 10.25" LEFT SIDE METERING DIA 422 TEST BYPASS SERVICE DISCONNECT 100/2 LANDING LUGS LOCAL UTILITY SERVICE 120/240 VOLT 1 PHASE 3 WIRE (MAIN DISCONNECT PROVIDED BY OTHERS) NOTES: TESCO MODEL #27-000 PEDESTAL CABINET OR TESCO MODEL #27-22BBS PEDESTAL CABINET WITH BATTERY BACKUP ENCLOSURE - WHERE SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS (TYPICALLY WHEN SIGNAL TRAFFIC CONTROLLER IS PRESENT) LABEL STREET FACING SIDE OF THE CABINET WITH ITS ADDRESS NUMBER (WITHOUT STREET NAME) USING AN ENGRAVED PHENOLIC NAMEPLATE WITH 2" HIGH BLACK LETTERING ON WHITE BACKGROUND. ATTACH NAMEPLATE WITH ADHESIVE CYLINDER LOCK PADLOCKABLE DRAW LATCH BATTERY PACK (NUMBER PER PLANS) #6 AWG #8 AWG NTERNA PHOTOCELL 115 oo CONTROLS TEST IRRIGATION 5-0^o CONTROLLER GROUND FAULT 200 o RECEPTACLE 30/2 0 ILLUMINATION 'j`o NUMBER OF BREAKERS AND -o o I I I. CONTACTORS PER PLANS; 240V NOT TO EXCEED 80% OF BREAKER AMPERAGE 33 , oo SIGNAL / BBS BBS pls.. SIGNAL BATTERIES WIRING DIAGRAM 2" �.- 20" FRONT VIEW 20" 16" � c•I o CONDUIT ENTRANCE ups FEEDER ENTRANCE BASE PLAN 1. METER BASE: 200A, BYPASS TYPE, 5 JAW (5TH JAW @ 9:00), SINGLE PHASE, 3-WIRE. 2. BREAKERS: 200A MAIN BREAKER, SEE PLANS FOR COMPLETE BREAKER SCHEDULE. 3. CONTACTORS: LIGHTING RATED, 30A, 2-POLE, 120 VAC COIL. 4. TERMINAL BLOCK: FOR FIELD WIRE CONNECTION TO REMOTE PHOTOCELL. 5. PHOTOCELL BYPASS SWITCH: 20A, 277 VAC, 3-WAY SWITCH. 6. CABINET: NEMA 3R PAD MOUNT, RAIN -TIGHT, EXTERIOR 1/8" ALUMINUM AND INTERIOR 14GA COLD ROLLED STEEL ELECTRICALLY WELDED AND REINFORCED, SCREENED AND GASKETED VENTS. ALL NUTS, BOLTS AND SCREWS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. NUTS BOLTS AND SCREWS SHALL NOT BE VISIBLE FROM OUTSIDE OF ENCLOSURE. ENCLOSURE SHALL BE FACTORY WIRED AND CONFORM TO REQUIRED NEMA STANDARDS AND SHALL BEAR A UL 508A LABEL. 7. DOORS: HEAVY DUTY WELDED HINGES (LIFT-OFF TYPE), STAINLESS STEEL VAULT HANDLES, PADLOCKABLE METER DOOR, BEST CX LOCK ON DISTRIBUTION DOOR, POLISHED WIRE GLASS WINDOW, CLOSED CELL NEPRENE GASKET AND CARD HOLDER. 8. FINISH: BARE ALUMINUM (MILL FINISH) OUTSIDE AND WHITE INSIDE. 9. FOUNDATION: PER WSDOT STANDARD PLAN J-10.10 (FOR ELECTRICAL SERVICE CABINET OR A COMBINATION ELECTRICAL SERVICE / TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER CABINET). PLACE SILICONE SEAL BETWEEN BOTTOM OF CABINET AND FOUNDATION. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila ELECTRICAL SERVICE CABINET SHEET: RS-29 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI 088 069 07 04 NOTES: 068 // ow- 049 06 01 a 4 05 02 089 ► // 028 ( 08 03 029 048 TYPICAL INTERSECTION MOVEMENTS (PHASE 2 IS ALWAYS NORTHBOUND THRU DIRECTION) 1. PRIOR TO DESIGN, THE PREFERENCE FOR VIDEO OR INDUCTION LOOP DETECTION SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE CITY ENGINEER. 2. VEHICLE INDUCTION LOOP DETECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER WSDOT STANDARD PLANS J-50.05, J-50.12 AND J-50.15, EXCEPT LOOP SPACINGS SHALL BE PER LOOP SCHEMATIC ABOVE. ALL LOOPS SHALL BE CIRCULAR. 3. LOOPS SHALL BE CENTERED IN THE LANES. LOOP LOCATIONS SHALL BE PRE -APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER IN THE FIELD, PRIOR TO SAWCUTTING. 4. LOOPS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE FINAL LIFT OF ASPHALT. 5. LOOP TESTING SHALL BE PERFORMED PER WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, SECTION 8-20.3(14)D, IN THE PRESENCE OF THE ENGINEER. 6. JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE INSTALLED PER WSDOT STANDARD PLANS J-40.10 AND J-40.30. 7. JUNCTION BOX GROUNDING SHALL BE INSTALLED PER WSDOT STANDARD PLAN J-60.5. 8. BONDING AND GROUNDING WIRES SHALL BE INSTALLED AS DESCRIBED IN WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE FOR ANY NEW METALLIC JUNCTION BOXES AND ANY MODIFIED EXISTING JUNCTION BOXES. JUNCTION BOX LIDS AND FRAMES SHALL BE GROUNDED SO THAT THE GROUND WILL NOT BREAK WHEN THE LID IS REMOVED AND LAID ON THE GROUND NEXT TO THE JUNCTION BOX. JUNCTION BOX SHALL BE CONSIDERED "MODIFIED" IF NEW CONDUITS AND/OR CURRENT -CARRYING CONDUCTORS ARE INSTALLED, INCLUDING LOW -VOLTAGE CONDUCTORS. J-BOX J-BOX I • L _ J T J-BOX I ' L J-BOX L DETECTOR LEAD-INS 6' 65 ' NIP 6' 60' 1, 2 - STOP BAR DETECTORS 3 - COUNT DETECTOR 4, 5 - ADVANCED DETECTORS (WHERE REQ'D) LOOP SCHEMATIC — LANE # L X X X PHASE # J 1LOOP# LOOP NUMBER MARKING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila TYPICAL LOOP DETECTION LAYOUT SHEET: RS-30 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI CONCRETE BASE 4 4 a a d 4 a 4 a 4 a 4 a 4 2 d 4 a d P r a 4 1 1 a 2' 1 3 4 4 NOTES: d a e 4 4 a 4 a 4 4 4 a 4 a 0 4 a 0 of PLAN - FRAME & COVER SECTION - INSTALLATION BOTTOM VIEW OF COVER CEMENT CONCRETE CL 4000 1-1/4" MIN. DIAMETER BRASS DISC 12" MIN. #4 REBAR CONCRETE MONUMENT 1/4" X 1-1/2" BOLT 3/16" CHAIN, 15" LONG SECTION - FRAME AND COVER 1. MACHINE BEARING FACES OF COVER AND CASE TO INSURE POSITIVE FIT. 2. CASTINGS SHALL BE GRAY IRON, A.S.T.M. DESIGNATION A-48, CLASS 40, AND SHALL CONFORM FURTHER TO APPLICABLE SECTION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. 3. MONUMENTS ARE REQUIRED AT STREET INTERSECTIONS AND MUST BE SET BY A SURVEYOR LICENSED TO PRACTICE AS SUCH BY THE STATE OF WASHINGTON. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila STREET MONUMENT W/ FRAME & COVER SHEET: RS-32 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI TOP RAIL PARALLEL TO GRADE, SEE NOTE 4 e 4 BOTTOM RAIL PARALLEL TO GRADE, SEE NOTE 4 POST AND BALUSTERS VERTICAL (NOTE: NOT ALWAYS PERPENDICULAR TO TOP & BOTTOM RAILS). SEE NOTE 4 1/4" EXPANSION GAP SEE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NOTE 5 WELD DOWN 2"MIN "'"'"" 2"MIN SLOPE EDGE>-N-N (TYP.) BALUSTER 6" MAX TYP. 6MAX. VI SEE SLIP JOINT DETAIL, THIS SHEET TOP OF SIDEWALK AI LI A I - 44 • 4 A SLIP JOINT DETAIL 117. SLEEVE: SEE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NOTE 7 NON -SHRINK GROUT END RAILING ;1- 1 '-8" METAL SAFETY RAILING DETAIL STEEL PIPE INSERT TOP RAILING TYP. MATERIAL DIMENSIONS PANEL HEIGHT 48" TOP RAIL/POST 2X" NOM. BOTTOM RAIL 2" NOM. BALUSTER 7/8"0 BAR NOTES REFERENCED ON THIS SHEET ARE LOCATED ON SHEET 2 OF 2. 2'-0" NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila 0"6 METAL SAFETY RAILING SHEET: RS-35 (1 OF 2) LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI METAL SAFETY RAILING NOTES: MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS: 1. GALVANIZED STEEL OR ALUMINUM RAILING MAY BE USED. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: 1. SHOP DRAWINGS OF RAILING SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL SHOWING COMPLETE DIMENSIONS AND DETAILS OF FABRICATION AND INCLUDING AN ERECTION DIAGRAM. MATERIALS BEING USED SHALL BE SPECIFIED IN THE SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. PIPE RAILING, PIPE BALUSTERS AND PIPE RAILING SPLICES SHALL BE ADEQUATELY WRAPPED TO ENSURE SURFACE PROTECTION DURING HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION TO THE JOB SITE. 3. CUTTING SHALL BE DONE BY SAWING OR MILLING AND ALL CUTS SHALL BE TRUE AND SMOOTH. FLAME CUTTING WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. 4. TOP AND BOTTOM RAILS SHALL BE PARALLEL TO GRADE AND ALL POSTS AND BALUSTERS SHALL BE VERTICAL (NOTE: NOT ALWAYS PERPENDICULAR TO TOP AND BOTTOM RAILS). 5. PLACE EXPANSION GAP AT EVERY OTHER PANEL. 6. ONLY USE PANEL HEIGHT OF 36 INCHES AFTER APPROVAL OF THE TRAFFIC ENGINEER. 7. SLEEVES SHALL BE 6" SCHEDULE 40 PVC PIPE. IF RAILING IS TO BE INSTALLED IN EXISTING SIDEWALK, HOLES SHALL BE CORE DRILLED 2 INCHES LARGER THAN THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF THE POST, AND NO LESS THAN 6" FROM THE EDGE OF CONCRETE. 8. AVOID PLACING SAFETY RAIL IN SIGHT LINES. STEEL RAILING REQUIREMENTS: 1. POST AND RAIL MATERIAL SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 STEEL PIPE CONFORMING TO ASTM A 53, GRADE B. BALUSTERS SHALL BE SOLID STEEL BARS CONFORMING TO AASHTO M 183. 2. SPOT WELDING IS NOT ALLOWED. ALL WELDS SHALL ENCOMPASS THE ENTIRE JOINT. 3. SAFETY RAILING WILL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION. 4. ANY FIELD CUTTING OR WELDING AREAS SHALL BE GROUND SMOOTH AND COATED WITH AT LEAST 2 COATS OF COLD GALVANIZED PAINT ALUMINUM RAILING REQUIREMENTS: 1. RAILING SHALL BE CV PIPE RAIL OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. INSTALLATION PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. BALUSTERS SHALL BE SOLID ALUMINUM FULL WELDED IN PLACE. 2. ALL ALUMINUM PARTS SHALL BE GIVEN A CLEAR ANODIC COATING AT LEAST 0.0006 INCH THICK AND BE HOT WATER SEALED AND SHALL HAVE A UNIFORM FINISH. 3. PIPE RAILING AND PIPE RAILING SPLICES MAY BE HEATED TO NOT MORE THAN 400'F FOR A PERIOD NOT TO EXCEED 30 MINUTES TO FACILITATE FORMING OR BENDING. 4. WELDING OF ALUMINUM SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST AASHTO STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS FOR HIGHWAY SIGNS, LUMINAIRES AND TRAFFIC SIGNALS. 5. RAILS, POSTS AND FORMED ELBOWS SHALL BE A.S.T.M. B- 241 OR B- 429 ALLOW 6063- T6 SCHEDULE 40 (STD PIPE). BRACKETS, END CAPS AND OTHER FITTINGS SHALL BE A.S.T.M. 6063- T5. SPLICES AND REINFORCING SLEEVES SHALL BE DRAWN ALUMINUM TUBING 6063- T832. SLEEVE I.D. SHALL BE 1" GREATER THAN POST O.D. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila METAL SAFETY RAILING NOTES SHEET: RS-35 (2 OF 2) LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI MAILBOX 2-Y4" DIA. BOLTS @ 24" O.C. 4X4 POST d SIDEWALK 12" PVC SLEEVE 18' MIN. LENGTH X" MINUS (CSTC PER WSDOT 9-03.9(3)) BETWEEN SLEEVE AND 4X4 SLEEVE CAP CONCRETE OR CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL NOTES: DETAILS PRESSURE TREATED 2X6 (TYP) • 2' MIN. 8„ MINIMUM 4X4 PRESSURE TREATED POST SECTION 5' MIN 4 BOXES MINIMUM - 10 MAXIMUM VARIATIONS SUBJECT TO APPROVAL FACE OF CURB ELEVATION (FROM STREET) TYPICAL 1. MAILBOX MUST BE TYPE "APPROVED BY THE POSTMASTER GENERAL" WITH A UNIFORM BOX STYLE AND METHOD OF ADDRESS IDENTIFICATION PER EACH STANDARD. 2. LOCATION IS SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY THE CITY FOR PROTECTION OF VIEWS AND ACCESS AND IS TO BE SHOWN ON THE STREET IMPROVEMENT PLANS. 3. THIS SKETCH DEPICTS A MINIMUM STRUCTURAL AND DIMENSIONAL STANDARD. INNOVATIVE DESIGNS MEETING THESE MINIMUMS MAY BE ACCEPTED. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila MAILBOX INSTALLATION SHEET: RS-36 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI MINIMUM ACCESS POINT SPACING WHEN DIRECTLY OPPOSING DRIVEWAYS ARE NOT POSSIBLE STREET SPEED2 (MPH) DIMENSIONS A3 B4 C4 25 105 105 105 30 125 125 125 35 150 150 150 40 185 185 185 45 230 230 230 B Z O w U CD Z 0 U 0 C CURB LINE (TYP) a z A w N U U MINIMUM CORNER CLEARANCES FOR STOP SIGN INTERSECTION CONTROL (FEET) DIM OPERATION SPEED 30 35 40 45 A 115 135 150 180 B 85 105 120 140 C 115 135 160 180 D 115 135 160 180 E 105/0 135/0 160/0 180/0 ACCESS POINT ACCESS POINT 0 0) STREET 0 Z 0 0) 0 U CURB LINE (TYP) D MINIMUM CORNER CLEARANCES FOR SIGNALIZED INTERSECTION CONTROL (FEET) DIM OPERATION SPEED 30 35 40 45 A 230 275 320 365 B 115 135 160 180 C 230 275 320 365 D 230 275 320 365 E 115/0 135/0 160/0 180/0 NOTES: 0 w 0 Q ACCESS POINT 0 N STREET SIGNAL X 0) a w U Q z 0 0 -E-� CURB LINE (TYP) ACCESS POI 1. ACCESS POINT SPACING ONLY FOR PUBLIC STREETS. THIS SHALL BE A GUIDELINE FOR PRIVATE STREETS. 2. REFERS TO POSTED SPEED OR OPERATING SPEED, WHICHEVER IS GREATEST. 3. BETWEEN THE NEAREST EDGES OF TWO-WAY ACCESS POINTS. DISTANCES BETWEEN ADJACENT, ONE-WAY ACCESS POINTS (WITH THE INBOUND ACCESS UPSTREAM) CAN BE ONE-HALF THE DISTANCES. 4. ACCESS POINTS DIRECTLY OPPOSITE FROM EACH OTHER WHEN POSSIBLE. WHERE IT IS NOT POSSIBLE, THESE DIMENSIONS WILL APPLY. 5. WHERE ACCESS POINTS ARE TO BE SIGNALIZED, A MINIMUM SPACING OF 600 FEET TO ANY OTHER SIGNALIZED INTERSECTION SHOULD BE MAINTAINED. 6. ACCESS POINT NEAR STOP OR SIGNAL CONTROLLED INTERSECTIONS SHOULD BE CHECKED TO DETERMINE WHETHER STOPPING QUEUES WILL BLOCK THE ACCESS POINT. 7. IN CASES WHERE ACCESS SPACING IS NOT ATTAINABLE BECAUSE EXISTING FRONTAGES ARE NARROW OR HAVE PHYSICAL CONSTRAINTS, ACCESS POINTS SHOULD BE LOCATED AS CLOSE TO THE TABULATED VALUES SHOWN ABOVE AS POSSIBLE. THE CITY ENGINEER SHALL BASE ALL SUCH DECISIONS ON MAINTAINING NEEDED CORRIDOR CAPACITY AND SAFETY. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila MIC DRIVEWAY DESIGN & LOCATION ACCESS SPACING & CORNER CLEARANCES SHEET: RS-37 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI ui 0 a. 0 ct 0 I- 0 .6 cc z 0 (I- 05 00 I— 0 W IN. DISTANCE TO FIRST ACCESS TO PARKING LANDSCAPING WHERE REQUIRED R=50MIN. PUBLIC STREET WHITE SKIP LINE PRIVATE STREET 00 00 00 00 00 5'-8OPTIONAL PLANTER 0 CC 0 0 0 CC X 00 i(i a II CURB RAMPS (TYPICAL) (SEE RS-10 THROUGH RS-14) NOTES: TYPE A CURB REQUIRED UP TO P.C. OF CURB R=50' TYPICAL LANDSCAPING PER LAND USE CODE 100' MIN. LEFT TURN STORAGE RIP OR TREEW 0 3- Lu 1. CROSSWALKS SHALL BE PER RS-20 2. TURN ARROWS SHALL BE PER RS-21 SIDEWALK MAY BE ON EASEMENT NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila STREET OPENING PRIVATE/COMMERCIAL SHEET: RS-38 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI BUFFER DATA BUFFER SPACE = B - O (Ni N O O Lt) O Cc) x_ O W N L() SPEED (MPH) LENGTH (FEET) CHANNELIZING DEVICE SPACING (FEET) TANGENT O (.0 O cc W d O O N 2 IL 2 1- w w LL 0 z_ 0 d z 0 35/40 MPH ARTERIALS O O N W OW ZI- OCJ Z(/) Ow Ya UW CO -r a= (nh 0 0(1) (n W J J J Z a� X 2 0 u� LY W H X 0 SAME TAPER FOR ALL SIDES 0 z w 0 w J SIGN LOCATION - TRIPOD MOUNT TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila WORK ZONE PLAN LOW VOLUME ROAD - CENTERLINE WORK SHEET: RS-39 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI CHANNELIZING DEVICE SPACING (FEET) 1- z W z 1- w 0 H 0 N 0 M 10 N by •op t 0 y w 0 Z 0 Z W 0 w J 1. FOR USE WITH SPEEDS OF 45 MPH AND UNDER. SIGN LOCATION - TRIPOD MOUNT LL 0 LL ce w J VJ 0 z w ct W W W u)U Zw O IY O J Z Z � • Z U 0 W W p_ Zp > C� Z_ Q (� M 0 J LL TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES FLAGGING STATION SURVEYOR o NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila WORK ZONE PLAN LOW VOLUME ROAD - SURVEYING SHEET: RS-40 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS SECTION 9.1 GENERAL UTILITY DETAILS G-1 Trench Section G-2 Utility Adjustment G-3 Markerball Placement Plan View G-4 Markerball Placement Section View G-5 Utility Trench — Separation and Crossing PAVEMENT PATCHING (SEE RS-03) 7 a SUBGRADE ELEVATION BACKFILL BEDDING BOTTOM OF TRENCH TRENCH DEPTHS DRAINAGE SYSTEM: DIP: 18" MIN PLASTIC PIPE: 24" MIN WATER SYSTEM: 3' MIN, 6' MAX SEWER SYSTEM: 18" MIN BELOW BOTTOM OF WATERMAIN ** TRENCH WIDTHS DRAIN AND UNDERDRAIN: INSIDE DIAM + 12" PIPES 15" AND SMALLER: INSIDE DIAM + 30" PIPES 18" AND LARGER: (INSIDE DIAM * 1.5) + 18" NOTE: 12" MIN PIPE OUTER DIA. 6" MIN. t TRENCH DEPTH* 1. FOR PUBLICLY OWNED UTILITIES BACKFILL COMPACTION SHALL ACHIEVE 95% MAXIMUM DENSITY IN ROADWAYS AND 85% MAXIMUM DENSITY IN NON -TRAFFIC AREAS. 2. ALL BEDDING SHALL BE 5/8" MINUS CRUSHED ROCK (CSTC PER WSDOT 9-03.9(3)) COMPACTED TO 90% MAXIMUM DENSITY. 3. REFER TO RS-03 FOR PAVEMENT PATCHING. 4. PAVED AREAS: BACKFILL WITH 5/8" MINUS CRUSHED ROCK (CSTC PER WSDOT 9-03.9(3)). 5. UNPAVED AREAS: BACKFILL WITH NATIVE MATERIAL APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER OR CRUSHED ROCK PER WSDOT 9-03.9. 6. SEPARATION LESS THAN 18 INCHES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. 6 INCHES OF ETHAFOAM PAD SHALL BE INSTALLED BETWEEN UTILITIES. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila UTILITY TRENCH BEDDING AND BACKFILL SHEET: G-1 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI RING OR FRAME SEAL JOINT WITH PAVING ASPHALT HMA CL },2" 0.3MAX LIFT THICKNESS ADJUSTING BRICK, CONCRETE RISER OR GRADE RING. NO STEEL RISERS ALLOWED (TYP.) GRATE OR LID I // // // / // // // /A 2" MINIMUM EXISTING CB OR MANHOLE SECTION DETAIL THROUGH STRUCTURE NOTE: SEAL JOINT WITH PAVING ASPHALT HMA CL Y2". COMPACTION SHALL BE ACHIEVED USING "JUMPING JACK" AND/OR PNEUMATIC "POGO STICK". DIG OUT LIMIT AND ASPHALT PERIMETER SHALL EXTEND 2" BELOW ADJUSTMENT RINGS OR RISERS. 1. COMPACTION METHODS SHALL BE USED UNTIL MATERIAL REACHES A FIRM AND UNYIELDING CONDITION 2. UNPAVED AREAS: BACKFILL WITH NATIVE MATERIAL APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER OR CRUSHED ROCK PER WSDOT 9-03.9. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila UTILITY ADJUSTMENT SHEET: G-2 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI ARC PLACEMENT: • ENDS • MIDDLE RAIL CROSSINGS SERVICE STUB AT PROPERTY LINED) (SEWER OR WATER) - WATER CROSSINGS n ALL BENDS NOTES: cn >- . Q(71 oN OCc cc U CASING ENDS SERVICE TAP STRAIGHT LINE: EVERY 150' MAX REPAIR SECTIONS 1. REFER TO SECTION 7.2.6 OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA INFRASTRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN STANDARDS. 2. MARKER BALL SHALL BE PLACED WHERE THE NEW UTILITY LINE CROSSES UNDER A POWER, COMMUNICATION, GAS, FIBER OPTIC, DRAINAGE, SEWER, OR OTHER WATERLINE WITH 6" OR LESS SEPARATION. 3. FILL OUT MARKER BALL PLACEMENT LOG. TABLE CAN BE FOUND IN APPENDIX G OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA INFRASTRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN STANDARDS. 4. SEE G-4 FOR VERTICAL PLACEMENT OF MARKERBALL. 5. FOR SIDE SEWER: PROVIDE MARKER BALL MODEL 1434 AT PROPERTY LINE IF NO CLEANOUT IS INSTALLED. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila MARKERBALL PLACEMENT PLAN VIEW SHEET: G-3 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI FINAL GRADE BACKFIL PIPE BEDDING PIPE LINE NOTES: 1. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S GUIDLINES FOR PROGRAMMING THE MARKERBALLS AFTER THE MARKERBALL HAS BEEN INSTALLED. 2. INSTALL MARKERBALL A MINIMUM 6 INCHES BELOW BOTTOM OF PAVEMENT. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila MARKERBALL PLACEMENT SECTION VIEW SHEET: G-4 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI WATER UTILITY DRAINAGE, COMMUNICATIONS, POWER UTILITY ETHAFOAM PAD • POWER, COMMUNICATIONS, DRAINAGE UTILITY CROSSING OTHER UTILITY 10' (TYP) SEE NOTE 1 PARALLEL WATER & SEWER WATER UTILITY. CENTER PIPE OVER CROSSING SEWER UTILITY 6" MIN. SEWER UTILITY **IN NO CASE WILL WATER BE ALLOWED TO CROSS SEWER AT LESS THAN 18" SEPARATION WITHOUT ADDITIONAL ISOLATION MEASURES. (WATER MUST PASS OVER SEWER) CROSSING WATER & SEWER NOTE: 1. REFER TO G-1 FOR BACKFILL AND BEDDING STANDARDS. 2. A MINIMUM OF 5' SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. REFER TO CHAPTERS 7 AND 8 OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. 3. VERTICAL SEPARATION LESS THAN 12 INCHES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. 4. WHERE 12" VERTICAL SEPARATION IS NOT ACHIEVABLE, 6" OF ETHAFOAM PAD SHALL BE INSTALLED BETWEEN UTILITIES. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila UTILITY TRENCH SEPARATION AND CROSSING SHEET: G-5 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS SECTION 9.2 SURFACE WATER STANDARD DETAILS DS'01 Catch Basin —Tvoe 1 (VVSDOTSTD PLAN B'5.20-02) DS'o1 Catch Basin —Type 1L(VVSDOT STD PLAN B-5.40-02) DS-03 CatchBasin—Type 2 (VVSD0TSTD PLAN B-10.zo-nz) DS-04 Catch Basin — Yard Drain PVC (VVSD0TSTD PLAN B-1o.7n-oo) DS'05 Catch Basin — Solid Metal Cover /VVSDOTSTD PLAN B'3o.zV'o4\ DS-O6 Rectangular Frame (Reversib|e)(VVSDOTSTD PLAN B-30.10-03) DS-07 Circular Grate (VVSDOTSTD PLAN B-30.8U-01) DS-o8 Curb Inlet DS'O9 Concrete Inlet (VVSDOTSTD PLAN B'25.60'02) DS'10 Combination Inlet (VVSDOTSTD PLAN B-25.20-02) DS'11 Rectangular Vaned Grate (VVSDOTSTD PLAN B-Jn.]o-o5) DS'12 Rectangular 8i'Directiona|Vaned Grate (VVSD{}TSTD PLAN B'30.40'05) DS'13 Coupling Bands for Corrugated Metal Pipe (VVSDOTSTD PLAN 8'6O.4O'O5) DS-14 Connection Details for Dissimilar Culvert Pipe (VVSDOT STD PLAN B'6o.20'01) DS-15 Not |nUse O5'16 Storm Manhole —z4''Frame with Cover (City owned facility) DS'17 Manhole — Polypropylene Safety Step DS'18 Manhole -Ladder FRAME AND VANED GRATE 172 od \� \\ \ro Eo CO CD /± 6. The opening shall be measured at the top of the Precast Base Section. re 0 after the basin has been plac All pickup holes shall be grou RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION ) 0 CATCH BASIN TYPE 1 STANDARD PLAN B-5.20-02 CD- SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET ALTERNATIVE PRECAST BASE SECTION PRECAST BASE SECTION OFIOAAO V e _vaa FRAME AND VANED GRATE OHO)A0 VSOO ,AO NMHNO a) a 0 O N The opening shall be measured at the top of the Precast Base Section. All pickup holes shall be grouted full after the basin has been placed. 0 ch 0 w �6 a❑ a 4) w w 3 a w U N n O NO a lc ti7if4i a 0 RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION „PP CATCH BASIN TYPE 1 L #3 BAR HOOP REDUCING SECTION (SEE NOTE 1) ALTERNATIVE PRECAST BASE SECTION PRECAST BASE SECTION 0) N 0 z Z o) o C o LI)Cc0 O o O U O 0) basin may be sloped to fa The bottom of the precast catc CD L L 3 c 'O 0 O) CATCH BASIN DIMENSIONS MIN. MAXIMUM MINIMUM BASE KNOCKOUT DISTANCE THICKNESS SIZE BETWEEN KNOCKOUTS M ,I. 8" 48„ 8, COO N. 0) 0)) 00 MIN. WALL THICKNESS <t' in (O ip Co o r CATCH BASIN DIAMETER co d' (�() CC)0- 0 0) 0). O V MORTAR (TYP.) 'NUN Z 'XVW „9 XVW ..BZ O v / 0 CATCH BASIN TYPE 2 STANDARD PLAN B-10.20-02 PIPE ALLOWANCES PIPE MATERIAL WITH MAXIMUM INSIDE DIAMETER u, J U r 3 a a '' rD v v v Cov v 0 L. CmNvvvvv ALL CPSSP METAL PP ® V 36" 30" CO N V O O O N M d' lO CO (O O 0M d' C) coam(O r W m CONCRETE N 30" M ,I -COO (00 COO CATCH BASIN DIAMETER 00 d' 54" 0ti (0 0)0 O V REINFORCING STEE hQ I ocg I Cfa .XVW ��Zl'_ • ° °' do XVW „S'Z NIIN J�. t. "NM .,00 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET (3ONVN3INIVW tdOd) XVW .0-,SL 1130011 N033d ,A9 NMVNO .0 @ 0- 0) a) • c 0 L 3 0 0) 9) N c @ o E E o C U c @ L N a� T t m 0) N@)0) N @ @ @ U c 0- m m Qo N 0 ( @ @ U _ O O) O O OU �.- N O a @ . c E°o @wEa�° E o a Y c a)0 8 ..5 ... O F Nt To-3 0 L N N mo. N= 0) E 0O@ X c @ Uo cs 6�NZU o > y N w O > ,-- @ a. S) .o a o L c a �.N O @ c 0 Oi m 0 O @ O N Ci O f.4) N O 22d i tt) 22 -O 0 O).) @ O- — m a ro F0 2 y Y t m ' 2 o 2 m c L o- 0 N mQ o)0Q r_T 0500om E - wQ .2.2-ay)- E a)EL m(OO @> a)� O T @ o n (2Q O Q N o@ z 0 O - 2 E 5 a T')p o(@ @= c > c= N0 N a`` O0)'a) N . .o Q a .., aa)) r v° N @@ 2 a) O O. N O T O mE �o°� min >MOL wi O r W F a (.9 3w w Z > < z > J ❑ a Z w 2 cc LL Z OZ F 00 NW N �>-W >a a 00 mm zz 00 ZZ io 03033N SV NOISN31X3 FIELD GLUE JOINT z zQ Om tr W0 RISER EXTENSION O v 0 (Z 310N 33S) 10V81NOD 3H1 01 ONI08000V 1S3ANI - ,Z - H1d30 1VR3H8 3dld WOWINIW CATCH BASIN - PVC cc 0z a5 UW ¢Z m0 WW 0a 0 10V01NO0 33S _ - S3IOVA H1d30 d)fS STANDARD PLAN B-10.70-00 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET ELEVATION VIEW BASIN BODY 1130011 NHA3 •A8 NMVN0 For frame details, see Standard Plan B-30. N M C 0 O 4c) .AZ co VJ 0 v 0 0 0 J N 0m !0M caw , J0 Q ! 7J J 0 0 Q a Z I- �0 hi F W 4 0 GC Q0 W Z CZ Q z 0 0 U W fA ISOMETRIC llBOOlI NTJ38 ,A8 NMVHO n Section 9-05.15 and 9-05.15(2) for /£ A 1 ) Z J w O� Ow ON F J 0 f0 a 0 1- STANDARD PLAN B-30.10-03 SHEET OF SH b z 0 1- 0 w 70001 N233d A8 NMV234 rn w 0 O Z For use with Circular Frames (rings) detailed in Standard Plan B-30.70. N N See Standard Specification Section 9-05.15 for N ai w U w w 2 0 PA 7 „9/L Z 0 cn U w CIRCULAR GRATE v STANDARD PLAN B-30.80-01 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET 113001 N2B1 •A9 NMVil4 A -411— BACK OF CURB FACE OF CURB H H 1/2" PREMOLDED EXPANSION JOINT FILLER (TYP) iBACK OF CURB FACE OF CURB FACE OF GUTTER —\ 2'6" BOTTOM FACE OF GUTTER CONTRACTION JCINTS 1-1/2" 3'-3" MIN 5'-9" MAX NORMAL GUTTER FLOW LINE 3' 6" A .411 PLAN VIEW 4" MIN. CURB INLET OPENING TOP - FACE OF CURB TOP FACE OF GUTTER 3'-3" MIN 5'-9" MAX BOTTOM - FACE OF GUTTER BACK - BOTTOM OF CURB 2' 6" 6 FRONT VIEW NOTES: 3'-3" MIN 5'-9" MAX TOP - FACE OF CURB 4" MIN. CURB INLET OPENING PAVING sT,D 3*-3" MIN 5'-9" MAX 33" 1:5% CrEW 'P) ALK MATCH SID 24" 6" SECTION A -A DUMMY OR EXPANSION JOINT PERSPECTIVE VIEW SHOWING DEPRESSED GUTTER AT CURB INLET 1. USE FOR GRADES GREATER THAN 10% WITH PREAPPROVAL BY THE DIRECTOR. 2. ALL FABRICATED METAL PARTS SHALL BE HOT -DIPPED GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION. 3. CONCRETE SHALL ATTAIN A MIN. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 4000 PSI IN 28 DAYS. 4. INSTALL STEPS WHEN DISTANCE FROM TOP OF GRATE TO FLOWLINE OF PIPE IS GREATER THAN 3.5 FEET. 5. PRECAST CURB INLET IS PATTERNED AFTER WALT'S CONCRETE SPRINGFIELD, OR CONCRETE CURB INLET PAT. NO. 4000953. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila CURB INLET SHEET: DS-08 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI E W 0 Z E ished grade to the lowest pipe invert M E N )) 2 N a) a) ed floor, and the walls (/) tf) PIPE ALLOWANCES E OFW N g 0 C PIPE MATERIAL REINFORCED OR PLAIN CONCRETE ALL METAL PIPE CPSSP * (STD. SPEC. SECT. 9-05.20) POLYPROPYLENE (STD. SPEC. SECT. 9-05.24) SOLID WALL PVC (STD. SPEC. SECT. 9-05.12(1)) PROFILE WALL PVC (STD. SPEC. SECT. 9-05.12(2)) FRAME AND VANED GRATE 6£ be measured at the top of the precast base section. O e inlet has been placed. e grouted full after All pickup holes sh RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION ch 0 CONCRETE INLET STANDARD PLAN B-25.60-02 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET SEE NOTE 1 ALTERNATIVE PRECAST BASE SECTION PRECAST BASE SECTION urns Nae A8 NMV O (\) 0 r 0o DETAIL SECTION c CURB OR CURB AND GUTTER BAR / DEBRIS GUARD co 0 (IN) VANED GR COMBINATION INLET CATCH BASI STANDARD PLAN B-25.20-02 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET _a \ k C § d m«, _dA _« z ion Section 9-05.15 and 9-05.15(2) fo N ame details, see Standard Plan B-30.10. LL T .,S ,.S ,.S .,£ ..S .,S �S „AZ z 0 w w a 0 F (.1) ) 0 7 OR 8 EQUAL SPACES ION OF FLO 'XVIN.9/S O z 0 0 U w co -30.30-03 STANDARD PLAN SHEET OF SH ISOMETRIC 1130011 N L d U9 NMV8C1 ion Section 9-05.15, and 9-05.15(2) ils, see Standard Plan B-30. 3. For frame d I' I' „S �S .AZ NM z 0 U (0 N 0 1- v / 0 4 EQUAL SPACES 4 EQUAL SPACES XVW „£/S • 40 z 0 1- n SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET ISOMETRIC l�BGGI1 N233d :AEI NMV234 COUPLING BAND DIMENSION TABLE (ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES) w w Y a Q I— 0 w > J co w > J cn w 0 > Jr z J O' cn O w > ui J cn w > LB __I (n LU 0 >J J cn 0 w > J (n z t v N cp C v CVCVCVN v CV( 'I' CV v v N w C- a O- ❑ CO 04 d 7 c> co 7 � v 7 � co 2 V , 7 4- 7 CV 0 co 7 CO CO o 7 CO v 7 CV CO 'I' 7 CV CO 7 V CO rn 7 V' CORRUGATION PITCH x DEPTH 2 2/3 x 1/2 OR 3 x 1 REFORMED TO 2 2/3 x 1/2 3 x 1 REFORMED TO 2 2/3 x 1/2 2 2/3 x 1/2 OR 3 x 1 REFORMED TO 2 2/3 x 1/2 2 2/3 x 1/2 M -k 2 2/3 x 1/2 3 x 1 REFORMED TO 2 2/3 x 1/2 2 2/3 x 1/2 2 2/3 x 1/2 CO k ❑ w z a m 0 LL Y 0 u- Y 13aLS WfNIWll1V w a F BAND ANGLE CONNECTOR ANNULAR CORRUGATED BAND z 0 U 0 z W 0• a �J • cX O W a• t M W 0 • W Z Q J 0 d o v0 0 STANDARD PLAN B-60.40-01 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET a >- W a DOUBLE BAR & STRAP CONNECTOR DE BAND ANGLE CONNECTOR z >= J M 0 W J Z a 27) w0z II--pw z w Qa ma • 0 LL v N d ¢ CONCRETE COLLAR OPTION CONCRETE GASKETS - SEE NOTE 4 0 0 K TYPE "K" COUPLING BAND - SEE NOTE 5 STANDARD PLAN B-60.20-01 COUPLING BAND OPTION 1130011 N2J33 .A9 NMVNO L (1) 1" DIAMETER PICKHOLE COVER PLAN • 3 BOLTHOLES J L A 1-1/4" SHARP FACE GOTHIC 2-1/2" P 'AP'AVi-mmm-"mmAPrAPIl MACHINE GROUND SEAT. SECTION A -A GRAY IRON LOCKING COVER 3/4" NOTES: 16 6 WEBS, 3/4" THICK FRAME PLAN 27-9/16" 25-1/4" 23-3/8" '*----- MACHINE GROUND SEAT.---"--------.'- ,../ 34-1/8" SECTION B-B GRAY IRON FRAME 1. FRAME TO BE GROUTED 2. EJIW CATALOG NUMBER 3715Z(PT) 3717C1(PT) ASSEMBLY, WITH THE SEAL OF TUKWILA, AND LEGENDS 1908, 2008, AND STORM, 3. NON -LOCKING PRODUCT NO. 00371785A01 3. PRODUCT NO. 00371783A01 (LOCKING) 4. INSTALL SO THAT BOLT HOLES ALIGN WITH CENTER OF LADDER. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila STORM MANHOLE 24" FRAME WITH COVER (CITY OWNED FACILITY) SHEET: DS-16 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI LD 0 0 0 00 O --1-3/16" 0 0 0 0 0 7 13" CC RED REFLECTORS 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 000000 �/ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1. LANE P-14938 OR APPROVED EQUAL. PLAN CUT OUT 1/2" GRADE 60 STEEL REINFORCING BAR NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila MANHOLE POLYPROPYLENE SAFETY STEP SHEET: DS-17 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI 1 J L 0 0 V RAIL 9/16" ROUND BAR RUNG 1/2" GRADE 60 3/4" HOLES %///////////////// POLYPROPYLENE HANGING LADDER NOTES: 1. LANE POLYPROPYLENE LADDER 2. POLYPROPYLENE ASTM D4101 3. 1/2" GRADE 60 REINFORCING BAR A615 4. 9/16" COLD DRAWN BAR C1018 5. 3/8" DIA. BOLT 316-SS, 3-1/2" LONG 6. 316-SS TYP AT LADDER MOUNTS 7. REFER TO SS-13 FOR STEP DETAIL NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila MANHOLE LADDER SHEET: DS-18 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS SECTION 9.3 WATER SUPPLY STANDARD DETAILS WS-oi Meter — %", 1", 1-1/2", & 2" WS-o2 Meter — 1-1/2" and 2" Meter Setter WS-o3 Not In Use WS-o4 Meter - 3" and 6" WS-o5 Not In Use WS-o6 Water Main — Valve Box Operating Nut Extension WS-o7 Water Main — Air and Vacuum Release (Non -Traffic Areas) WS-o8 Not In Use WS-o9 Water Main - Blow Off Assembly WS-io Blocking (Horizontal) (3 SHEETS) WS-ii Not In Use WS-12 Not In Use WS-13 Fire Hydrant — Assembly and Setting WS-14 Fire Hydrant — Guard Post WS-15 Cross Connection Control (2 Sheets) WS-16 Not In Use WS-17 Not In Use WS-18 Not In Use WS-19 Not In Use WS-2o Not In Use WS-21 Reduced Pressure Backflow Assembly Installation (2 Sheets) WS-22 Irrigation System (City Owned): Double Check Valve Assembly (2 Sheets) WS-23 2" & Smaller Double Check Valve for Private Use 36" MIN. NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 24" MIN. 3/4" & 1" METERS C il FINISH GRADE TO SERVICE FINISH GRADE )fl TO SERVICE 2" EXPOSE VALVE FOR LOCKING BY CITY WHEN INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE. 1-1/2" & 2" METERS FOR PARTS LIST REFER TO CHAPTER 7.1 - TUKWILA INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. SERVICE LINE SHALL BE PERPENDICULAR TO THE WATERMAIN UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. ENGINEER SHALL PROVIDE PRESSURE AND FLOW CALCULATIONS WHEN A SINGLE METER IS SERVING BOTH DOMESTIC SERVICE AND A FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM. NO METER BOXES IN SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS WHERE POSSIBLE. WHERE METERS CANNOT BE PROTECTED FROM TRAFFIC, A TRAFFIC RATED ENCLOSURE IS REQUIRED. METER BOXES IN PEDESTRIAN PATHS WITHIN THE RIGHT OF WAY ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE AN ADA COMPLIANT LID. METER BOX AND SETTER (IF APPLICABLE) SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY PERMITTEE. METER SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CITY OF TUKWILA UPON APPROVED PERMIT AND FINAL SERVICE INSPECTION. POSITION SERVICE PIPING TO CENTER METER BELOW INSPECTION LID AND PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCE BETWEEN SERVICE PIPING AND METER BOX TO ALLOW REPLACEMENT, TESTING, AND BYPASS OF METER. BRASS FITTINGS SHALL BE LEAD FREE. THE LID OF A METER BOX INSTALLED IN A PEDESTRIAN PATH SHALL HAVE A SKID RESISTANT LID PER ADA REQUIREMENTS. NOT TO SCALE MATERIAL LIST O 0 0 TAPPING SADDLE CORPORATION STOP ANGLE STOP OR TAIL PIECE METER SETTER. SEE WS-02. SERVICE PIPE METER BOX COMPRESSION FITTINGS OR COUPLINGS AS REQUIRED TRACER TAPE OR WIRE FOR POLYETHYLENE PIPE (IS USED) OGRAVEL BACKFILL FOR DRAINS PER WSDOT 9-03.12(4). City of Tukwila METER 3/4", 1", 1-1/2", & 2" SHEET: VVS-01 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI BALL VALV BALL A VALVE A B I MUELLER B2423-2N OR APPROVED EQUAL • • • ii el AK- INF i /ILI / r C -.41 D DIMENSIONS METER METER SIZE 1-1/2" 2" Dimension A 13.25" 17.25" Dimension B - Riser Height 15", 18", 21", 24", 27" 15", 18", 21", 24", 27" Dimension C - Nominal pipe size of inlet and outlet 1-1/2" 2" Dimension D 21.50" 26.63" NOTES: 1. COMPOUND METER SUPPLIED AND SET BY THE CITY. 2" SINGLE REGISTER METER REQUIRES PRE -APPROVAL. 2, BYPASS WILL BE LOCKED OFF BY CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR WHEN METER SPREADER IS INSTALLED. NOT TO SCALE Ns iL4, ,,D 1906 tv. City of Tukwila METER 1-1/2" AND 2" METER SETTER SHEET: WS-02 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI 1 36" MIN. 3" FROM TOP OF VAULT TO FINISHED GRADE IN PLANTED AREAS oVALVE BOX PER WS-06 12" MIN. MATERIAL LIST OTAPPING TEE OGATE VALVE OMETER VALVE OFLANGED DISMANTLING JOINT OCONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS PER WS-10 © STEEL TIE RODS AND ROMAC DUCTILE LUGS NOTES: 9" MIN (18" MAX) 4" MIN DIA DUCTILE IRON PIPE. DUAL RESTRAINED FROM METER VALVE TO POINT OF CONNECTION. INSTALL FITTINGS AS REQUIRED TO MAKE CONNECTION. 3"-6" COMPOUND METER SUPPLIED BY CITY 7" MIN UPPORT BLOCKS MIN 7" MIN • INSTALL 4" CONCRETE SEWER PIPE TO DAYLIGHT FOR DRAIN UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED. 8" OF 1-1/2"-CRUSHED ROCK BASE (CSBC PER WSDOT 9-03.9(3)) 8" MIN. THICK. O 7" MIN OMETER VAULT: OLDCASTLE 4484-LA (3" & 4") 5106-1-LA FOR 6" (OR EQUAL) ODOUBLE STRAP SERVICE SADDLE WITH 2" IPS TAP 1 2" BRASS NIPPLE 2" BALL VALVE I90" BRASS ELBOW 2" COMPRESSION COUPLER 1. METERS 3"-6" SUPPLIED BY CITY. 2. VAULT SHALL BE WATER TIGHT PRECAST CONCRETE. 3. ALL PIPE & FITTINGS 4" AND LARGER SHALL BE CEMENT LINED, CL52. 4. PIPING FROM MAIN TO VAULT SHALL BE 4" ON 3" METER INSTALLATION, TEE WITH VALVE ON EXISTING MAIN REQUIRED. 5. BRASS FITTINGS SHALL BE LEAD FREE. 6. THE LID OF A VAULT INSTALLED IN A PEDESTRIAN PATH SHALL HAVE A SKID RESISTANT LID PER ADA REQUIREMENTS. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila METER 3" TO 6" SHEET: WS-04 LAST REVISION: OCTOBER 2025 APPROVAL: JEN TETATZIN PAVEMENT RESTORATION PATCH. REFER TO G-2. EXISTING PAVEMENT PATCH TO EXTEND 2" BELOW SHOULDER OF VALVE CAN. NOTES: COVER: OLYMPIC FOUNDRY PART NO. 940 OR EQUAL ALIGN TABS OF COVER WITH PIPE LINE FOR UNPAVED AREAS BACKFILL WITH 5/8 MINUS CRUSHED ROCK (CSTC PER WSDOT 9.03-9(3)) 4" MIN. OVERLAP a ASSEMBLY 1/3 TOTA 2" SQUARE OPERATING NUT LENGTH OPERATING NUT 4-1/4" DIA. 1/8" MIN. THICKNESS 1" SOLID METAL STOCK NUT 2-1/4" SQUARE INSIDE MEASUREMENT 1/8" MIN. THICKNESS DETAIL 1. TWO PIECE CAST IRON VALVE BOX WITH STANDARD 24" BASE AND 18" TOP WITH 4" OVERLAP, OLYMPIC VALVE BOX OR EQUAL LIDS SHALL HAVE TAPS ALIGNED WITH PIPE LINE. 2. VALVE BOX COVER SHALL BE LABELED "WATER". 3. EXTENSIONS ARE REQUIRED WHEN THE VALVE NUT IS MORE THAN 5 FEET BELOW FINISHED GRADE. 4. ONLY ONE EXTENSION, MINIMUM OF 4 FEET LONG, TO BE USED PER VALVE. 5. ALL EXTENSIONS ARE TO BE MADE OF STEEL AND PAINTED WITH TWO COATS OF METAL PAINT. NO FIELD -FABRICATED EXTENSIONS. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila WATER MAIN VALVE BOX WITH OPERATING NUT EXTENSION SHEET: WS-06 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI 2" BEE HIVE STRAINER 2" OPEN PATTERN, RETURN BEND 2" BRASS PIPE 2" X 1" MIN. REDUCER MIN. 12" MIN. 1" MIN. UNION " MIN. BRASS PIPE TO FIT " MIN. 90° ELBOW -1" MIN. CLOSE NIPPLE NOTES: 1" MIN. 100-PERCENT BRONZE GATE VALVE OR BALL VALVE COUPLING, COPPER TO MALE IRON PIPE MUELLER H-15428 1" MIN. TYPE "K" COPPER TUBING 1" CORP. STOP TAP TOP OF THE PIPE 1" MIN. IRON PIPE THREAD CORP. STOP WITH 90° BEND FOR COPPER DUCTILE IRON SADDLE WITH 1" MIN. SERVICE TAP WATER MAIN 1. INSTALL AIR VALVE IN 17" X 28" CONCRETE METER BOX WITH 3/8" STEEL DIAMOND PLATE COVER, FOG-TITE METER SEAL CO. NO, 2 METER BOX OR EQUAL. 2. BED WITH GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR DRAINS (WSDOT 9-03.12(4)) 3. INSTALL 10MIN. DISTANCE FROM ANY VEHICULAR ACCESS OR PROTECT WITH BOLLARDS PER DIMENSIONS PROVIDED IN WS-14. 4. REFER TO CHAPTER 7 OF THE STANDARDS. 5. BRASS FITTINGS SHALL BE LEAD FREE. 6. THE LID OF A METER BOX INSTALLED IN A PEDESTRIAN PATH SHALL HAVE A SKID RESISTANT LID PER ADA REQUIREMENTS. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila WATER MAIN AIR AND VACUUM RELEASE (NON -TRAFFIC AREAS) SHEET: WS-07 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI TEE TAPPED 2" UNDISTURBED GROUND 000000MIIIIIIILM01111111111111111 „Mommom.1110111111110M WATER MAIN NOTES: 2" BRASS PIPES, THREADED CONCRETE THRUST BLOCK CAST IN PLACE, SEE WS-10 PLAN VIEW VALVE BOX (SEE WS-06) 36" MIN. b THREE 2" STREET ELBOWS METER BOX: PAVED AREAS: OLYMPIC FOUNDRY SM-30 WITH STEEL Y2" DIAMOND PLATED LID. USE SHALL BE APPROVED BY ENGINEER. VEHICLE TRAFFIC AREAS: 24" DIAMETER CAST IRON MANHOLE COVER FOR 24" OPENING FRAME TO READ "WATER", WITH RAISED NON SKID PATTER RATED FOR HS-20 LOADING. FRAME SHALL BE 6" DEEP, SET WITH FLANGE —SIDE DOWN ON 24" CONCRETE DONUTS. (TOTAL DEPTH OF 12") UNPAVED AREAS: CARSON 1730 WITH DI. LID 3"-6" CLEAR. 2" X 2-1/2" BRASS ADAPTOR, SCREWED X NATIONAL STANDARD HOSE THREADS 2-1/2" CAP WITH GASKET NOT VENTED 2" COUPLING 2"-90° ELBOW NO DRAIN HOLE 2" PIPE, THREADED ELEVATION VIEW 1. ALL PIPE BEYOND MAIN SHALL BE PAINTED BRASS 2. INSTALL CAST METAL VALVE MARKER POST AND EXTENSION PIPE ADJACENT TO METER BOX. PAINT WITH TWO COATS OF NON -CORROSIVE PROTECTIVE PAINT, PER A.W.W.A. STANDARDS. 3. REFER TO CHAPTER 7 OF THESE STANDARDS. 4. REFER TO WS-10 FOR BLOCKING, WS-06 FOR VALVE BOX. 5. BRASS FITTINGS SHALL BE LEAD FREE. 6, THE LID OF A METER BOX INSTALLED IN A PEDESTRIAN PATH SHALL HAVE A SKID RESISTANT LID PER ADA REQUIREMENTS. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila WATER MAIN BLOW -OFF ASSEMBLY SHEET: WS-09 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI BLIN FLANGE *1.4 BLIND FLANGE CAPPED CROSS 90° BEND THRUST BLOCKING SIZE (SF AREA MEASURED AGAINST NATIVE SOIL) PIPE SIZE DIA A (ft 2) C (ft2 ) D (ft2) E (ft2 ) 4" 4 2 1 1 6" 10 5 3 1 8" 18 10 5 2 10" 28 15 8 4 12" 40 22 11 6 14" 55 30 15 8 16" 71 39 20 10 18" 90 49 25 13 20" 111 60 31 15 22" 135 73 37 19 24" 160 87 44 22 28" 218 118 60 30 30" 251 136 69 35 36" 361 195 100 50 42" 491 266 135 68 48" 641 347 177 89 TEE W/ PLUG RESTRAINED JOINT NOTES: 1. BEARING AREA OF CONCRETE THRUST -BLOCK BASED ON 250 PSI PRESSURE AND SAFE SOIL BEARING LOAD OF 1000 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT. 2. ADJUST BEARING AREA FOR OTHER PIPE SIZES, PRESSURES, AND SOIL CONDITIONS. SEE TABLE THIS SHEET FOR TYPE AND SAFE BEARING LOAD. 3. CONCRETE BLOCKING SHALL BE CAST IN PLACE AND HAVE A MINIMUM AREA OF 1/4 SQUARE FOOT BEARING AGAINST THE FITTING. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL BLOCKING ADEQUATE TO WITHSTAND FULL TEST PRESSURE AS WELL AS TO CONTINUOUSLY WITHSTAND OPERATION PRESSURE UNDER ALL CONDITIONS OF SERVICE. 5. HEIGHT OF THRUST BLOCK MUST BE EQUAL TO OR LESS THAN 1/2 THE DEPTH FROM THE GROUND SURFACE TO THE BLOCK'S BASE. 7. REFER TO CHAPTER 7 OF THESE STANDARDS. PLUG DEAD END 45° BEND 11-1/4° BEND TEE W/O PLUG BLIND FLANGE OR SMALLER SIZE PIPE UNEQUAL CROSS 22-1/2° BEND THRUST DIRECTION SOIL TYPE SAFE BEARING LAOD (PSF) MUCK, PEAT, ETC 0 SOFT CLAY 1,000 SAND 2,000 SAND AND GRAVEL 3,000 SAND & GRAVEL CEMENTED WITH CLAY 4,000 HARD SHALE 10,000 *VALUES BASED ON WSDOT STD PLAN B-90.40-01 NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila BLOCKING (HORIZONTAL) CONCRETE SHEET: WS-10 (1 OF 3) LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI E 11.25° AREA (SF) N V CO CO O 13 Li) O) N N 30 LO M 50 CO CO 6) CO E 11.25° LOAD (LD) 617.62 1,389.65 2,470.49 3,860.15 5,558.61 7,565.89 9,881.97 12,506.87 15,440.58 O M CO CO O 22,234.44 30,263.54 34, 741.31 CO N N 0 O LC) t� O N O) O Cb CO 88,937.75 D 22.5° AREA (SF) CO LO CO s- s- 20 N 31 37 44 CO COCO OO O O 177 D 22.5° LOAD (LD) 1,228.96 2,765.17 4,915.86 7,681.03 11,060.68 15,054.82 rP M CO CO 0) 24,886.54 30, 724.12 37,176.19 r N V N d V 60,219.28 N 0 O) CO CO V LO O O) cCO o0)) M O) 'I 6 co O I� CT M I� C 45° AREA (SF) N Ln O CV N 0,- CO COLO 49 COCOO 73 87 Cb 136 0)) O CO N CO C 45° LOAD (LD) 2,410.74 CO V CV d' to 9,642.95 _ t: CO 6 s- 21,696.64 29,531.54 38, 571.80 48,817.44 V d' O CO N O CO N CO 4 CV ON) N N- CO L0 (O CO CO co LO CO N- W O O V CCV OO 6 M 195,269.76 265,783.83 347,146.23 A 90° AREA (SF) 10 18 N 40 55 I. 0) N- CO CO co N Lf) N 361 0) V V (O A 90° LOAD (LB) 4,454.46 10, 022.54 17,817.85 27,840.39 CO O O) O O V 54, 567.17 O h (N h 90,202.87 I- Lf) (o M 134,747.49 co CO O (o co O (o 218,268.67 250,563.52 360,811.47 491,104.51 641,442.62 HEAD (FT) 577.5 577.5 co N co 577.5 v) N co 577.5 L() r in 577.5 577.5 577.5 577.5 co N co 577.5 v) N co 577.5 577.5 PRESSURE (PSI) 250 O L[) N O LC) N O L[) N O LO N O LC) N 250 250 250 O LC) N O LC) N O LC) N O L[) N O LO N O L[) N 250 PIPE AREA SQ FT 0.08727 0.19635 0.34907 0.54542 0 Lc> co N O 1.06902 1.39627 1.76715 I� CD co <- N N CO ) 6 m co N 3.14160 4.27607 4.90875 O CO co O I: 9.62115 12.56640 PIPE SIZE DIA 71- (c co 10 C COCV OO N 24 CO 0 CO(O 36 N CO CO City of Tukwila BLOCKING *FOR OTHER SOIL (BEARING) PRESSURE CONDITIONS, ADJUST BLOCK SIZING ACCORDINGLY. NOT TO SCALE CONCRETE SHEET: WS-10 (2 OF 3) LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI VERTICAL BLOCKING FOR 11 1/4°, 22 1/2°, 30° BENDS MINIMUM DIMENSIONS PIPE SIZE V.B. CU. FT. A D L (INCHES) (DEGREES) (FEET) (INCHES) (FEET) 4 11 1/4 8 2.0 3/4 1.5 22 1/2 11 2.2 3/4 2.0 30 17 2.6 3/4 2.0 6 11 1/4 11 2.2 3/4 2.0 22 1/2 25 2.9 3/4 2.0 30 41 3.5 3/4 2.0 8 11 1/4 16 2.5 3/4 2.0 22 1/2 47 3.6 3/4 2.0 30 70 4.1 3/4 2.5 10-12 111/4 32 3.2 3/4 2.0 22 1/2 88 4.5 7/8 3.0 30 132 5.1 16 11 1/4 70 4.1 7/8 3.0 22 1/2 184 5.7 1 1/8 4.0 30 275 6.5 11/4 4.0 18-20 11 1/4 91 4.5 7/8 3.0 22 1/2 225 6.1 1 1/4 4.0 30 330 6.9 13/8 4.5 24 11 1/4 128 5.0 1 3.5 22 1/2 320 6.8 1 3/8 4.5 30 480 7.9 15/8 5.5 VERTICAL BLOCKING FOR 45° BENDS 4 45 30 3.1 3/4 2.0 6 68 4.1 3/4 2.0 8 123 5.0 3/4 2.0 12 232 6.1 3/4 2.5 16 478 7.8 1 1 /8 4.0 20 560 8.2 1 1/4 4.0 24 820 9.4 13/8 4.5 TWO EPDXY OR ASPHALT COATED STEEL THREADED RODS AND ONE PIPE CLAMP. / • ANGLE L D / \% \` UNDISTURBED / EARTH \% A VERTICAL BLOCKING FOR CONDITIONS IN SHADED AREA FOUR EPDXY OR ASPHALT COATED STEEL THREADED RODS AND TWO PIPE CLAMPS ANGLE UNDISTURBED / EARTH \% A VERTICAL BLOCKING FOR CONDITIONS IN UNSHADED AREA NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila BLOCKING (VERTICAL) CONCRETE SHEET: WS-10 (3 OF 3) LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI 2" MIN 6" MAX PROVIDE THRUST BLOCK. SEE WS-10 00 5" STORTZ FINAL GRADE/SIDEWALK MIN. 1 YARD GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR DRAIN (WSDOT 9-03.12(4)) CONCRETE BLOCKING DIM. 1'X1'X3" _ UNDISTURBED SOIL NOTES: 6" DIA. DUCTILE IRON PIPE - BLUE RPM AT ROADWAY CENTERLINE CURB AND GUTTER 2-3/4" ASPHALT COATED STEEL SHACKLE RODS FLANGE JOINT FINISHED PAVEMENT SEE VALVE BOX DETAIL (WS-06) 6" RESILIANT WEDGE GATE VALVE CAST IRON TEE (CEMENT LINED) -MJ X MJ X FL THRUST BLOCK SEE WS-10 UNDISTURBED SOIL 1. REFER TO CHAPTER 7 OF THESE STANDARDS. 2. HYDRANTS EQUAL TO MUELLER SUPER CENTURION #A-423, CLOW MEDALLION #F-2545, M & H 929, OR EJIW # 5CD250 WATER MASTER. 3. HYDRANTS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH TWO 2-1/2" N.S.T. HOSE PORTS AND ONE 5" STORTZ PUMPER DISCHARGE PORT AND SHALL HAVE A 1-1/4" PENTAGON OPEN LIFT OPERATING NUT. HYDRANTS SHALL HAVE A 6" M.J. BOTTOM CONNECTION AND 5-1/4" MAIN VALVE OPENING. 4. HYDRANTS SHALL CONFORM TO A.W.W.A. SPECIFICATIONS C 502-54; SHALL BE COMPRESSION TYPE AND SHALL HAVE A TWO PIECE BREAKING FLANGE WITH BREAKING THIMBLE AT THE GROUND LINE OR STEM; SHALL HAVE A SELF -OILING DRY BONNET WITH FACTORY FILLED RESERVOIR HOLDING APPROXIMATELY 8 OUNCES OF OIL. OIL RESERVOIR SHALL BE SO DESIGNED AS TO GIVE A COMPLETE LUBRICATION OF STEMS EACH TIME THE HYDRANT IS OPERATED. THE UPPER STEM SHALL HAVE A BRASS SLEEVE. 5. SHACKLE RODS SHALL BE ASPHALT -COATED STEEL OR CORTEN STEEL. 6. CITY HYDRANTS BONNET AND PORT CAPS SHALL BE FARWEST COMPASS BLUE # 4602. BARREL SHALL BE FARWEST CASE YELLOW SAFETY X-3472. 7. PRIVATE HYDRANTS SHALL BE PAINTED WITH TWO COATS OF FARWEST CASE YELLOW (# X-3472). 8. WHERE NO CURB AND GUTTER IS INSTALLED, FIRE HYDRANT SHALL BE LOCATED CLOSE TO THE PROPERTY LINE AND INSIDE THE RIGHT OF WAY OR EASEMENT. INSTALL BOLLARD GUARD POST PER WS-14. 9. HYDRANTS INSTALLED, RELOCATED OR OTHERWISE WORKED UPON AS A RESULT OF A PROJECT SHALL BE FRESHLY PAINTED. 10. HYDRANT SHALL NOT BE CLOSER THAN 4' TO ANY FIXED OBJECT, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF HYDRANT GUARD POSTS, PER TMC 14.24.03. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY AND SETTING SHEET: WS-13 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI ROCK WALL, PLANTINGS, OR OTHER SURFACE OBSTRUCTIONS PLAN 4' MIN. 2" MIN 6" MAX FIRE HYDRANT PER WS-13 MIN. AREA OF LEVEL GROUND SURFACE �% GUARD POST 2-1/2' GUARD POST ELEVATION NOTES: 1. GUARD POST SHALL BE EITHER CONCRETE FILLED STEEL PIPE (MIN. 4" DIA.) OR CONCRETE POST (MIN. 8" DIA.). 2. POSTS SHALL BE AT LEAST 3 FEET FROM THE CENTER OF THE HYDRANT AND SHALL NOT BE IN DIRECT LINE WITH ANY DISCHARGE PORTS. 3. POSTS SHALL BE 6 FEET LONG; 3-1/2 FEET SHALL BE BURIED. 4. PAINTED FINISH ON POSTS SHALL BE FARWEST CASE YELLOW #3472. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila FIRE HYDRANT GUARD POST SHEET: WS-14 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI WITHIN 50' OF HYDRANT CLOSE NIPPLE ELBOW DOWN : 30°-45° BEND DO NOT PAINT ISTORTZ FITTING :WITH KNOX LOCK NOTES: TO BUILDING 90°P.E THREADED X I- P.E. THREADED ELBOW PAINT WITH FARWEST i X-6270 LINK BELT RED ! TWO COATS P.E THREADED FEMALE P.E THREADED MALE FL X P.E. THREADED WRAP WITH WINMORE TAPE 2" WIDE TO BELOW GRADE TO BOTTOM FLANGE SIDE VIEW 1. DESIGN FOR 4" THRU 10" DDCV. 6" MIN.} COMPACTED FOUNDATION GRAVEL UNDER VAULT NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL DETECTOR DOUBLE CHECK VALVE & VAULT SHEET: WS-15 1 OF 2 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI MATERIAL LISTING: 1. 3/4" SHACKLE RODS WITH STAR BOLTS AND ASPHALT EMULSION COATING. 2. 4" MIN. D.I. CLASS 52 PIPE. 3. PRECAST CONCRETE VAULT WITH HINGED STEEL PLATE COVER, DIMENSION TO VARY WITH SIZE OF ASSEMBLY. 4. O.S.H.A. APPROVED LADDER IF OVER 30" DEEP. 5. PIPE SUPPORT STAND IN LOCATED INSIDE OF VAULT UNDER EACH CHECK VALVE. 6. COPPER OR BRONZE BYPASS WITH AN APPROVED DCVA AND 3/4" WATER METER. 7. APPROVED DCVA IN MAIN LINE WITH TWO RESILIENT SEATED SHUTOFF VALVES AND TEST COCKS. 8. 10", 8", 6" OR 4" COUPLING ADAPTER, FL. 9. 10", 8", 6" OR 4" FL*PE D.I. CLASS 52 PIPE LENGTH TO FIT. 10. GROUT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR ALL AROUND PIPE USING NON -SHRINK GROUT. 11. 10", 8", 6" OR 4" GATE VALVE FL*MJ WITH POST INDICATOR VALVE. 12. FLANGE TEE ASSEMBLY SIZED ACCORDINGLY. 13. FLANGED 90 DEG BEND. 14. 4" OR 6" D.I. CLASS 52 PIPE FL*FL. 15. 4" OR 6" 90 DEG BEND FL. 16. 4" OR 6" D.I. CLASS 52 PIPE, FL*FL. 17. 4" OR 6" 90 DEG BEND, FL. 18. UL LISTED 5" STORTZ CONNECTION WITH KNOX LOCK WITH 30 DEG OR 45 DEG ELBOW. 19. 6" D.I. CLASS 52 PIPE LENGTH AS REQUIRED FLANGE * THREADED P.E. 20. 6" 90 DEG BEND FL. 21. SWING TYPE GRAVITY OPERATED CHECK VALVE WITH BALL DRIP VALVE TO BE INSTALLED HORIZONTALLY. DETECTOR DOUBLE CHECK AND VAULT ASSEMBLY GENERAL NOTES: 1. BACKFLOW PREVENTORS SHALL BE ON WSDOH APPROVED LIST. 2. SIZE VAULT BASED ON SIZE OF APPARATUS AND MEETING MINIMUM CLEARANCES. 3. A SEPARATE DETAIL PLAN FOR VAULT INSTALLATION AND SPRINKLER LINE MUST BE SUBMITTED AND APPROVED BY THE FIRE MARSHALL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 4. MINIMUM APPARATUS SIZE SHALL BE 4". 5. VAULT SHALL BE SEALED TO PREVENT WATER LEAKAGE. 6. LADDERS SHALL BE REQUIRED WHEN DEPTH FROM TOP OF LID TO FLOOR OF VAULT EXCEEDS 30". INSTALLATION OF ALL LADDERS SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE TO O.S.H.A. 7. LOCATE VAULT IN PLANTING AREA AND NOT IN PAVING AREA, UNLESS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. 8. FITTINGS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 AND CEMENT LINED (SEE APWA & AWWA). 9. PIPE SHALL BE DUCTILE IRON MEETING ANSI A21.51, CL52 & CEMENT LINED. 10. TEMPORARY SUPPORT SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER VALVES AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION. AFTER COMPLETE INSTALLATION INSTALL PERMANENT PIPE SUPPORT STAND. 11. PROVIDE BALL DRIP VALVES ON F.D.C. CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY OR AT BOTTOM OF F.D.C. RISER. 12. FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION TO BE PROVIDED WITH ONE (1) 5" STORTZ CONNECTIONS WITH KNOX LOCK AND TWO 30 DEG OR 45 DEG ELBOWS. 13. ALL UNDERGROUND PIPING TO BE INSPECTED, FLUSHED, AND PRESSURE TESTED IN THE PRESENCE OF AN INSPECTOR PRIOR TO COVER AND CONNECTION TO THE OVERHEAD SYSTEM. 14. UPON INSTALLATION, BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLIES ARE TO BE TESTED BY A CERTIFIED TESTER AND ALL TEST -COCKS ARE TO BE PLUGGED AFTER THE TEST. THEREAFTER, ANNUAL TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMED AT OWNER'S EXPENSE, AND COPIES OF TEST RESULTS SHALL BE PROVIDED. 15. CONCRETE VAULT SHALL HAVE ONE 4' X 4' OR TWO 3' X 3' STEEL HINGED DOORS. 16. BACKFLOW PREVENTION VALVES AND POST OR WALL INDICATING VALVES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH UL CENTRAL STATION TAMPER SUPERVISION. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL DETECTOR DOUBLE CHECK VALVE AND VAULT SHEET: WS-15 2 OF 2 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI HOT BOX/ HOT ROCK BALL VALVE ANCHOR BOLT III III III —III—I 1I— PVC COLLAR (TO PROTECT PIPE) ANCHOR BOLT UNION Q TEST COCK 12" MIN 44 A v CONDUIT SLEEVE PVC COLLAR (TO PROTECT PIPE) UNION 4" MIN CONCRETE SLAB FINISHED GRADE II III III - =I I I —I I I= \I � a d v ° ° f/ A a ° ° o 6" MIN u d ° ® c a � d a 3" MIN n n a ° 4 - v v 4 °a A v d v 4 VAULT / 4" MIN CONCRETE SLAB 9 NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila 2" AND SMALLER REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION SHEET: WS-21 (1 OF 2) LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI NOTES; 1. THE RPBA SHALL BE SELECTED FROM WSDOH APPROVED LIST. 2. THE RPBA SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH ADEQUATE SPACE TO FACILITATE MAINTENANCE AND TESTING. IT SHALL BE TESTED AFTER INSTALLATION, BY A WASHINGTON STATE CERTIFIED BACK -FLOW ASSEMBLY. TESTER, TO INSURE ITS SATISFACTORY OPERATION BEFORE OCCUPANCY AND ANNUALLY THEREAFTER. A COPY OF THE TEST RESULTS SHALL BE GIVEN TO THE PUBLIC WORKS INSPECTOR. 3. AN RPBA SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN A PIT BELOW GROUND LEVEL. 4. THE FREEZE PROTECTION ENCLOSURE FOR THE RPBA MUST INCLUDE A DAYLIGHT DRAIN. THE DRAIN MUST BE ABLE TO BE BORE SIGHTED. IT MUST BE INSTALLED ABOVE GROUND LEVEL. THE DRAIN MUST ALSO BE ABLE TO HANDLE THE VOLUME OF WATER THAT POTENTIALLY COULD BE DISCHARGED FROM THE RELIEF PORT. 5. THE FREEZE PROTECTION ENCLOSURE SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY A MIN. FOUR (4) INCH CONCRETE SLAB WITH FOUR (4) ANCHOR BOLTS ATTACHING THE COVERING TO THE SLAB. 6. RPBA MUST BE PROTECTED FROM FREEZING. 7. AN RPBA INSTALLED MORE THAN FIVE (5) FEET ABOVE FLOOR LEVEL MUST HAVE A PLATFORM UNDER IT FOR THE TESTER OR MAINTENANCE PERSON TO STAND ON. THE PLATFORM MUST BE OSHA APPROVED AND MEET ALL APPLICABLE SAFETY STANDARDS AND CODES. 8. WHEN THE RPBA IS LOCATED INSIDE A BUILDING IT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A LOCATION WHERE BOTH THE OCCASIONAL SPITTING FROM THE RELIEF PORT AND THE POSSIBLE CONSTANT DISCHARGE DURING A FOULED CHECK VALVE SITUATION WILL NOT BE OBJECTIONABLE. AN APPROVED AIR GAP FUNNEL ASSEMBLY, EITHER PROVIDED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF FABRICATED FOR SPECIFIC INSTALLATION, MAY BE INSTALLED TO HANDLE THE OCCASIONAL SPITTING OF THE RELIEF VALVE DUE TO PRESSURE FLUCTUATIONS. A LINE FROM THIS FUNNEL ASSEMBLY MAY THEN BE RUN TO AN ADEQUATELY SIZED FLOOR DRAIN OF EQUAL OR GREATER SIZE. IT MUST BE EMPHASIZED THAT THE AIR GAP FUNNEL ASSEMBLY WILL HANDLE ONLY THE OCCASIONAL SPITTING AND WILL NOT CONTROL FLOW IN A CONTINUOUS RELIEF SITUATION. 9. A PVC COLLAR SHALL BE INSTALLED BETWEEN THE PIPE AND CONCRETE SLAB. 10. A UNION SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE RISERS TO AID IN REMOVAL OF THE ASSEMBLY. 11. BALL VALVES WILL BE INSTALLED ON THE RISERS TO AID IN THE TESTING AND MAINTENANCE OF THE ASSEMBLY. 12. ALL BRASS FITTINGS SHALL BE LEAD FREE. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila 2" AND SMALLER REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION SHEET: WS-21 (2 OF 2) LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY �R IGSFT1IWL MFEFBB RXAL SEIIgNLNTApJ2ERIJC1'T giATE TU WOIATER DEPARTMENT STANDARDS TO PRESSURE MAIN 1" QUICK COUPLER VALVE IMANA ILItVE NOTE: CONNECTION TO PRESSURE MAIN SHALL NOT BE MADE UNTIL IRRIGATION MAIN LINE IS PRESSURE TESTED. SEE INSTALLATION DETAIL THIS SHEET. TYPICAL POINT OF CONNECTION ASSEMBLY NTS QUICK COUPLER ON BRASS NIPPLE AND TEE VALVE BOX AS APPROVED BY ENGINEER. SIZE TO FIT EQUIPMENT. SHUT OFF VALVE COMPACT BACKFILL COPPER UNION AND PIPE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (IF REQUIRED) PRESSURE MAIN CONNECT TO SHUT OFF VALVE AND METER. 12" MIN. PEA GRAVEL NOTES; \FINISH GRADE DOH APPROVED DOUBLE CHECK VALVE. °a •° Fa COPPER BACK TO METER DETAIL DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY NTS i PVC SHUT OFF VALVE ALL FITTINGS VC IRRIGATION MAIN 1. ALL INSTALLATIONS MUST MEET MINIMUM STANDARDS OF THE UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE AND WSDOH APPROVED INSTALLATIONS LIST. 2. TESTING IS REQUIRED BY A WSDOH CERTIFIED BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY TESTER UPON INSTALLATION AND ANNUALLY THEREAFTER. ASSEMBLY TO BE MAINTAINED BY THE OWNER. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila IRRIGATION SYSTEM (CITY OWNED) DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY SHEET: WS-22 (1 OF 2) LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI FINISH SURFACE OF PAVEMENT OR CURB SPRINKLER FLUSH W TH GRADE FINISH GRADE PVC TEE OR ELBOW PVC LATERAL LINE poD POLYETHYLENE 1/2" DIA. x 12" MIN POLYETHYLENE FLEX PIPE ELBOWD POLYETHYLENE TYPICAL FLEXIBLE RISER NMS FINISH GRADE COMPACT BACKFILL TELESCOPING VALVE BOX WITH LOCKING COVER - FLUSH WITH FINISH GRADE GATE VALVE BRASS NIPPLE, DIAMETER OF VALVE, MINIMUM 4" LONG PRESSURE MAIN NOTE: ONLY ONE VALVE PER VALVE BOX. SEAL ALL THREADED JOINTS WITH TEFLON TAPE ON MALE THREADS ONLY BRASS UNION - BOTH SIDES PEA GRAVEL SUMP MANUAL SHUT OFF VALVE N1S NOTES; SIDE ELEVATION FINISH GRADE 8" 0 VALVE BOX QUICK COUPLER (2) STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPS TO STAK PVC NIPPLE 3' #4 REBAR STAKE 360' PVC TRIPLE SWING JOINT PVC PRESSURE MAIN PVC TEE OR ELBOW WITH THREADED OUTLET QUICK COUPLER 360' PVC TRIPLE SWING JOINT PVC THREADED TEE AT MAINLINE SECTION THROUGH MAIN LINE VzlinTELFITATINCO10QUICKPCOLPME ERE NEC* NN QUICK COUPLER DETAIL NIS 1. ALL INSTALLATIONS MUST MEET MINIMUM STANDARDS OF THE UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE AND WSDOH APPROVED INSTALLATIONS LIST. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila IRRIGATION SYSTEM (CITY OWNED) SYSTEM COMPONETS SHEET: WS-22 (2 OF 2) LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI 2' METER BOX L • • ROW / PROPERTY LINE FLOW UNIONS (2) d NOTES: FOR METER SEE WS-01 SECTION CUSTOMER SUPPLY PLAN 1. DCVA MUST BE SELECTED FROM WSDOH APPROVED INSTALLATIONS LIST, MUST BE TESTED UPON INSTALLATION BY A WSDOH CERTIFIED BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY TESTER, AND MUST BE TESTED ANNUALLY THEREAFTER BY THE OWNER. 2. THE BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY BOX/ENCLOSURE WILL BE SET AT THE SAME GRADE AS THE METER BOX UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. 3. ADDITIONAL ROOM MAY BE REQUIRED FOR TESTING AND MAINTENANCE. 4. WHEN TEST COCKS ARE FACING SIDEWAYS THERE MUST BE A MIN. OF 6" CLEARANCE FROM THE SIDE OF THE VAULT. 5. TEST COCKS MUST BE PLUGGED. 6. FOR VEHICLE TRAVEL AREA, USE TRAFFIC RATED BOX AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila 2" & SMALLER DOUBLE CHECK VALVE DCVA FOR PRIVATE USE SHEET: WS-23 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS SECTION 9.4 SANITARY SEWER STANDARD DETAILS SS-oi Not In Use SS-oz Sanitary Side Sewer- Residential SS-o3 Sanitary Side Sewer — Clean Out SS-o4 Manhole - 48" and 54" SS-o5 Manhole - 48" and 54" (shallow) SS-o6 Manhole — 72" (Type 1A4 and 1B4) SS-o7 Manhole — 72" and 96" (shallow) SS-o8 Manhole — Access and Channelization SS-o9 Manhole — Inside Drop SS-io Manhole — Drop Connection SS-ii Manhole — 24" Frame with Cover SS-12 Manhole — Hanging Ladder SS-13 Manhole — Polypropylene Safety Step SS-14 Not In Use PROPERTY LINE 150' MAX. 3 PLUGGED CLEAN OUT (TOTAL 90° REQUIRES CLEAN OUT) LONG SWEEP BEND PLUGGED CLEAN OUT (WYE) 4 MIN. SEWER PIPE EXISTING SEPTIC ADDRESS SOIL PIPE ADAPTER z J ct z CITY R/W NOTES: INSPECTION TEE OR CLEANOUT. OTHERWISE INSTALL MARKERBALL ACCORDING TO 7.2.6 AND G-3 AND G-4. CLEAN OUT 6" PLUG. SEE SS-03. 6"x6"x4"WYE 6" SEWER PIPE STREET SEWER MAIN SADDLE AT EXISTING MAIN INSTALL MARKERBALL ACCORDING TO 7.2.6. LINE 1. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION CHAPTER 8 OF THESE STANDARDS. 2. DECOMMISSION SEPTIC TANK PER CHAPTER 8 OF THESE STANDARDS AND KING COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT. 3. WATER AND SEWER LINE SEPARATION 10' HORIZONTALLY. IF WATER AND SEWER LINES CROSS, SEWER SHALL BE AT LEAST 18" BELOW THE WATER LINE. 4. STANDARDS FOR SEWER MAIN APPLY TO CONNECTIONS LONGER THAN 150' FROM THE MAIN. SEE CHAPTER 8. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila SANITARY SIDE SEWER RESIDENTIAL SHEET: SS-02 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI -1/8" RAISE -1/2" WIDE BORDER 1/2" LABELED C.O. PLAN VIEW 10" 8-3/4" -1/4" CONCRETE COLLAR IN PAVED AREAS. CSTC COLLAR IN NONPAVED AREAS 0.1rm r L/8" 2-7/8" 4" 7-3/4" 15" ELEVATION CAST IRON RING AND COVER I I I —I I I— I I —I I I 2' FINISH GRADE 4 4 n 12" DIA. FIBRE JOINT PACKING 4 SCREW PLUG 4-1/2" CENTER ON LID NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila '41 SANITARY SIDE SEWER CLEAN -OUT SHEET: SS-03 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI 8' MIN. TO 25MAX. 24" • d 8" MIN. AT C.L. 4 MANHOLE RING AND COVER ACCESS SEE SS-08 4" MIN. STEP SEE SS-13 PIPE DIAMETER MAX. 21" FOR 48" M.H. MAX. 36" FOR 54" M.H. CHANNELIZATION SEE SS-08 18" MAX." 12" CSBC (WSDOT 9-03.9(3)) FOUNDATION COMPACTED TO 95% NOTES: 12" MAX.* 12" CSBC (WSDOT 9-03.9(3)) FOUNDATION COMPACTED TO 95% 1111•••• 4"Min. 1. MAX. PIPE DIAMETER MAY BE LIMITED BY PIPE CONFIGURATION OR AS DETERMINED BY ENGINEER. 2. RUBBER GASKET AND GROUT AT ALL JOINTS IN MANHOLE SECITONS. 3. GROUT ALL LIFTING EYE HOLES. 4. SEE SS-13 FOR STEP DETAIL OR SS-12 FOR LADDER DETAILS. 5. INSTALL PER CHAPTER 8 OF THESE STANDARDS. * APPLIES TO 24" OR SMALLER DIAMETER PIPES. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila 906 MANHOLE 48" AND 54" SHEET: SS-04 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI 8' MAX. NOTES: 1. 36" ACCESS OPENING REQUIRED WHEN INVERT ELEVATION TO RIM IS LESS THAN 4. EJIW PRODUCT NO. 41600540A01 OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2. MAX. PIPE DIAMETER MAY BE LIMITED BY PIPE CONFIGURATION. 3. RUBBER GASKET AND GROUT ALL JOINTS IN MANHOLE SECTIONS. 4. SEE SS-13 FOR STEP DETAIL OR SS-12 FOR LADDER DETAILS. 5. SEE SS-11 FOR CASTING. 6. INSTALL PER CHAPTER 8 OF THESE STANDARDS. 6" MIN. 1 SEE SS-08 24%36" 54" .411/ 1114. 8' MAX. 44 4 4 (4 CASTING ADJUSTMENT SECTION STEP 54" TOP SLAB COVER 1-.,- CHANNELIZATION SEE SS-08 6" 12" CSTC (WSDOT 9-03.9(3)) FOUNDATION COMPACTED TO 95% SEE SS-08 54" MANHOLE PRECAST BASE 24" - 36" 44. 4 48" 4 4.4 4 MAX. PIPE DIAMETER 36" CASTING ADJUSTMENT SECTION STEP 48" TOP SLAB COVER 6" M N. 48" MANHOLE CHANNELIZATION SEE SS-08 MAX. PIPE DIAMETER 21" PRECAST BASE 12" CSBC (WSDOT 9-03.9(3)) FOUNDATION COMPACTED TO 95% NOT TO SCALE +N.141-4, S., 7 4 City of Tukwila MANHOLE 48" AND 54" (SHALLOW) SHEET: SS-05 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI ACCESS SEE SS-08 1. RUBBER GASKET AND GROUT ATALL JOINTS |N MANHOLE SECTIONS. 2. GROUT ALL LIFTING EYE HOLES. 3. SEE SS-13FOR STEP DETAIL {}RSS'12FOR LADDER DETAIL. 4. INSTALL PER CHAPTER 8 {}FTHESE STANDARDS. o*AwwsuZxnow SEE SS-08 rr'wrREDUCING SLAB � . ^ ^ ^ , ~ ^ / / ~ »r wr , ^ - , ^ - 72" MAX. PIPE SIZE 48" - -- -- -- ~ -- -- -- -- -- -- ` -- -- -- ° _ , ^ " , ^ ° ` , ^ ^, � , ., ^ ^, ^ ~` 12"ooBC (Wooure-0x.9(a FOUNDATION COMPACTED TO 95% PRECAST BASE SECTION NOT TO SCALE Ckv Of Tukwila LAST REVISION: **mLumo xpemovxL: x.PowwEnAwr 11' MAX. rzr SEE SS-08 • A • 12" • • , , • •. • Th• L 4 8" MIN. 96" 24 ' - 36 12" Min. CASTING ADJUSTMENT SECTION STEP 96" FLAT SLAB COVER varA a ,• " •• • . • • . • ." A • 1 • 11' MAX. 12" CSBC (WSDOT 9-03.9(3)) FOUNDATION COMPACTED TO 95% 96" MANHOLE SEE SS-08 • • PRECAST BASE r -\4 • • 72" 24" - 36 PRECAST BASE SECTION CHANNELIZATION MAX. PIPE DIA. 60" CASTING ADJUSTMENT SECTION STEP 72" FLAT SLAB COVER PRECAST MANHOLE SECTION / CHANNELIZATION MAX. PIPE DIA. 48" CONST. CHANNEL SHELF 6" MIN. 6" f E a • • 0 PRECAST BASE 12" CSBC (WSDOT 9-03.9(3)) — FOUNDATION COMPACTED TO 95% NOTES: 72" MANHOLE 1. LOCATE ACCESS OVER CHANNEL. 2. MAX. PIPE DIAMETER MAY BE LIMITED BY PIPE CONFIGURATION OR AS DETERMINED BY ENGINEER. 3. RUBBER GASKET AND GROUT AT ALL JOINTS IN MANHOLE SECTIONS. 4. GROUT ALL LIFTING EYE HOLES. 5. SEE SS-12 AND SS-13 FOR LADDER AND STEP DETAIL. 6. INSTALL PER CHAPTER 8 OF THESE STANDARDS. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila MANHOLE 72" AND 96" (SHALLOW) SHEET: SS-07 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI NOTES: 1. RUBBER GASKET & GROUT AT ALL JOINTS. GROUT ALL LIFTING EYE HOLES. 2. REFER TO SS-13 FOR STEP DETAIL. 3. SEE SS-12 FOR LADDER DETAIL. NOTES: 24" MAX. 8" MIN. TO 18" MAX. PRECAST CONCRETE RINGS PRECAST CONE SECTION 1. INSTALL GU MANHOLE BASE LINER, AVAILABLE THROUGH PREDL GU LINER SYSTEMS (ALDERGROVE, B.C. CANADA (604)607-7755) WHEN INSTALLING NEW SEWER STRUCTURES. 2. INSTALL KOR-N-SEAL CONNECTORS WHEN CONNECTING TO AN KOR-N-SEAL —\ 4 GROUT EXISTING STRUCTURE. INSIDE DROP (MIN. 0.1' MAX. 1.5') 12" TYP. ACCESS DETAIL SLOPE SHELF TO PIPE: 4% GU MANHOLE BASE LINER /L SIDE CHANNEL MH RING & COVER i / • • v 8 m • a 12" CSBC PER WSDOT 9-03.9(3) \ PRECAST BASE 4 4" MIN. 12" MAX CHANNELIZATION NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila MANHOLE ACCESS AND CHANNELIZATION SHEET: SS-08 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI NOTES: 1. INSIDE DROPS REQUIRES DIRECTOR'S APPROVAL. 2. USE INSIDE DROP ONLY ON PVC SYSTEM. 3. SEE SS-12 FOR LADDER DETAILS. 4. SEE SS-13 FOR STEP DETAILS. LADDER ACCESS SEE SS-08 -\ \ N. CUT TOP SECTION OF 90° BEND 54 MIN. DIA. 4 REMOVE GASKET FROM PVC ELBOW SEE DETAIL A (ABOVE) STAINLESS STEEL PIPE CLAMP DETAIL A KOR-N-SEAL BOOT, PIPE CONNECTION OR EQUAL VARIES, 2' MIN. A. 4 4/ 4 4 44 PVC PIPE SAME SIZE D Li STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS & STRAPS BOLTED TO MANHOLE WALL. MAX. SPACING 6. CHANNELIZATION SEE SS-08 RUBBER BOOT FLAP TO PREVENT SPLASHING NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila MANHOLE INSIDE DROP SHEET: SS-09 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI NOTES: 1. DROP PIPING TO BE SAME SIZE AS INTERCEPTED SEWER. 2. CLASS 50 DUCTILE IRON PIPE ONLY. 3. CDF AROUND DROP PIPING SHALL MEET STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 2-09.3(1). 4. SEE SS-13 FOR STEP DETAIL. 5. SEE SS-12 FOR STEP DETAIL. ONE LENGTH TO SOLID BEARING MATERIAL WHEN SPAN IS MORE THAN 4'. FLEXIBLE JOINT MIN DROP PIPE SIZE DROP 8" 1.45' 10" 1.70' 12" 2.08' ACCESS r SEE SS-08 1/2" BLIND FLANGE WITH STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS. TEE MIN. DROP PIPE • . • , • 4 CHANNELIZATION SEE SS-08 • 4 4. 4 • 4 STEP NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila MANHOLE DROP CONNECTION SHEET: SS-10 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI A (1) 1" DIAMETER PICKHOLE COVER PLAN y4,, 6 WEBS, 3/4" THICK 3 BOLTHOLES L A B 1-1/4" SHARP FACE GOTHIC /77 / / /7/ B 3 HANDLING HOLES FRAME PLAN 2-1/2" 8-3/4" 25" - MACHINE GROUND SEAT. SECTION A -A GRAY IRON LOCKING COVER NOTES: 3/4" 27-9/16" ty16- 5" 25-1/4" 23-3/8" MACHINE GROUND 34-1/8" // SECTION B-B GRAY IRON FRAME 1. FRAME TO BE GROUTED 2. EJIW CATALOG NUMBER 3715Z(PT) 3717C1(PT) ASSEMBLY, WITH THE SEAL OF TUKWILA, AND LEGENDS 1908, 2008, AND SEWER. 4. NON -LOCKING PRODUCT NO. 00371786A01 5. PRODUCT NO. 00371784A01 (LOCKING) 6. INSTALL SO THAT BOLT HOLES ALIGN WITH CENTER OF LADDER. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila SEWER MANHOLE 24" FRAME WITH COVER SHEET: SS-11 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI / / / / / / / NOTES: 1 1 1 1 1 0 POLYPROPYLENE HANGING LADDER 1. LANE POLYPROPYLENE LADDER 2. POLYPROPYLENE ASTM D4101 3. 1/2" GRADE 60 REINFORCING BAR A615 4. 9/16" COLD DRAWN BAR C1018 5. 3/8" DIA. BOLT 316-SS, 3-1/2" LONG 6. 316-SS TYP AT LADDER MOUNTS 7. REFER TO SS-13 FOR STEP DETAIL RAIL 9/16" ROUND BAR RUNG 1/2" GRADE 60 3/4" HOLES NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila MANHOLE HANGING LADDER SHEET: SS-12 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1-3/16" 13" CC RED REFLECTORS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1. LANE P-14938 OR APPROVED EQUAL. 14-1/4" PLAN CUT OUT 1/2" GRADE 60 STEEL REINFORCING BAR NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila MANHOLE POLYPROPYLENE SAFETY STEP SHEET: SS-13 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS SECTION 9.5 LOW IMPACT DESIGN (LID) STANDARD DETAILS LID-1 Tree Pit Volume LID-2 Curb Cut Inlet LID-3 Curb Cut Outlet LID-4 Reverse Slope Sidewalk LID-5 Residential Driveway - Ribbon -.F 24' 4' -►- 10' ••• :. ii:. OPEN SOIL VOLUME STRUCTURAL SOIL VOLUME ROOT BARRIER OPEN SOIL VOLUME 4' ............................. MIN DEPTH ROOT BARRIER VERTICAL CURB OR CURB AND GUTTER, SEE RS-04 STREET TREE 24'x10'x3' STRUCTURAL SOIL (UNDER SIDEWALK) 4'x4' MINIMUM TREE CUT OUT ..................... VERTICAL CURB OR CURB AND GUTTER, SEE RS-04 ROOT BARRIER TOTAL SOIL VOLUME CALCULATION FOR TYPICAL STREET TREE: OPEN SOIL VOLUME = 4'x4'x3' = 48 CF STRUCTURAL SOIL VOLUME = 24'x10' x3' - OPEN SOIL VOLUME= 672 CF TOTAL SOIL VOLUME = 720 CF (MINIMUM REQUIRED) NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila TREE PIT VOLUME SHEET: LID - 1 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI CURB AND GUTTER PER RS-04 24 FULL DEPTH EXPANSION JOINT 3' RADIUS MIN. SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR GEOMETRY. MODIFIED METAL INLET (SEE DETAIL B) I ODIFIED METAL TOP OF INLET ASSEMBLY BIORETENTION WALL =.I TOP OF CURB AND GUTTER PER RS-04 WALL FOR BIORETENTION FACILITY DETAIL A - INLET PLAN ZO DEPRESSED GUTTER 2" AT OPENING NOTES: SLOPED TO DRAIN SECTION A -A 18" CONCRETE SPLASH PAD O" ,-CONCRETE SPLASH BIORETENTION FACILITY. SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR SIZING WALL FOR BIORETENTION FACILITY CURB AND GUTTER PER RS-04 PAD LEVEL WITH SOIL • A 15" CONCRETE PAD W BIORETENTION FACILITY. SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR SIZING CURB CURB AND GUTTER PER RS-04 2" DEPRESSION BELOW EXISTING GUTTER BIORETENTION FACILITY. SEE CONTRACT PLANS "" FOR SIZING W W J CURB AND GUTTER PER RS-04. DETAIL B INLET TO BIORETENTION CURB EXTENSION 1. ADDITIONAL CONCRETE INLETS, CAN BE ADDED IF NECESSARY (PREFERABLY IMMEDIATELY DOWNSTREAM OF EACH CHECK DAM TO MINIMIZE POTENTIAL BACKFLOW). 2. SAWCUT BEYOND FACILITY AND TRANSITION EXISTING CURB TO NEW CURB AND GUTTER AT 1" PER FOOT AS NECESSARY. 3. INLET MAY BE MODIFIED TO MAXIMIZE FLOW ENTRY TO STORMWATER FACILITY. 4. MODIFY INLET AND OUTLET DESIGN AS NEEDED FOR SITE. 5. ENSURE OUTLET NOTCH ELEVATION IS 2" BELOW LOWEST INLETS AND SIDEWALK NOTCHES. 6. CONCRETE SPLASH PAD REQUIRED AT ALL INLETS. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila CURB CUT INLET SHEET: LID - 2 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI BIORETENTION AREA 6" WIDE TRENCH DRAIN. PER CONTRACT PLANS 4,NV st, 3H:iv st, REVERSE SLOPE SIDEWALK PER LID-3. BIORETENTION FACILITY. SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR SIZING. OUTLET NOTCH (SEE DETAIL C) CURB AND GUTTER PER RS-04. SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR GEOMETRY NOTES: 1-1:11/.4, CURB AND GUTTER PER RS-04 DETAIL A - BIORETENTION TRENCH DRAIN DETAIL WALL FOR BIORETENTION FACILITY FULL DEPTH EXPANSION JOINT 3RADIUS MIN. SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR GEOMETRY. FULL DEPTH EXPANSION JOINT CURB AND GUTTER PER RS-04 DETAIL B - OUTLET FROM BIORETENTION CURB EXTENSION NOTCH DEPTH INSTALLED PER CONTRACT PLANS DETAIL C - OUTLET NOTCH SECTION VIEW 1. TO MATCH TO EXISTING SIDEWALK, SAWCUT BEYOND FACILITY AND TRANSITION EXISTING CURB TO NEW CURB AND GUTTER PER CONTRACT GEOMETRY. 2. MODIFY INLET AND OUTLET DESIGN AS NEEDED FOR SITE. 3. ENSURE OUTLET NOTCH ELEVATION IS 2" BELOW LOWEST INLETS AND SIDEWALK NOTCHES. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila CURB CUT OUTLET SHEET: LID - 3 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI TOP OF ROADWAY NOTES: SIDEWALK WIDTH PER RS-09 1.75% MAX 2' WIDE SHOULDER MAX CURB AND GUTTER CONCRETE SIDEWALK PER RS-04 TYPICAL SECTION. SEE RS-09 1'8"MIN PROPERTY LINE VEGETATED FLOWPATH (SEE NOTE) 1. THE EDGE OF THE SIDEWALK AND THE GROUND ADJACENT TO OR IMMEDIATELY BELOW THE EDGE MUST BE EITHER LEVEL OR SLOPED SUCH THAT THE DIRECTION OF SHEET FLOW IS PERPENDICULAR TO THE EDGE OR NO MORE THAN 45 DEGREES FROM PERPENDICULAR. 2. A "VEGETATED FLOWPATH SEGMENT" OF AT LEAST 10 FEET IN LENGTH MUST BE AVAILABLE ALONG THE FLOWPATH THAT RUNOFF WOULD FOLLOW UPON DISCHARGE FROM THE SIDEWALK. VEGETATED FLOW PATH MUST MEET CRITERIA OF 2016 KING COUNTY SWDM C.2.41. 3. SIDEWALK LONGITUDINAL SLOPE SHALL BE 10% MAXIMUM. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila REVERSE SLOPE SIDEWALK SHEET: LID - 4 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI 2" 2' RAMP w/12H:1V SLOPE, TYP CEMENT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER ®� 2%®111Mil C TWO -TRACK RIBBON DRIVEWAY CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK 3/8" EXPANSION JOINT, TYP PLAN VIEW CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY RIBBON ENTRANCE co 1/2" R, TYP 20' MIN VARIES m 3/8" EXPANSION DRIVEWAY JOINT, TYP SECTION A NOTES: FLUSH DEPRESSED CURB AND GUTTER TWO -TRACK RIBBON DRIVEWAY GRASS RAMP WITH 12H:1V SLOPE (TYP.) RIBBON - ISOMETRIC VIEW CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK CEMENT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER PER RS-04 DEPRESSED CURB AND GUTTER PER RS-04 1. THIS ALTERNATE SHOULD BE USED ONLY AFTER STUDYING CLOSENESS OF DRIVEWAYS, DRAINAGE, TOPOGRAPHY, DRIVEWAY GRADES, ETC. 2. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 4000. 3. INSPECTION REQUIRED BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. AT LEAST 24 HOUR NOTICE MUST BE GIVEN TO TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT. 4. ALL DRIVEWAY APRONS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6" THICK. 5. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APWA/WSDOT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY OF TUKWILA. 6. AN ASPHALT APRON MAY BE USED WITHIN THE ROW IN AREAS WHERE NO CURB EXISTS. 7. REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONCRETE CURB, GUTTER OR SIDEWALK SHALL BE SAW CUT TO THE NEXT CONSTRUCTION JOINT. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAY - RIBBON SHEET: LID - 5 LAST REVISION: APRIL 2019 APPROVAL: H. PONNEKANTI INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS APPENDIX A DEFINITIONS DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS These definitions are for use with these Standards. Unless specifically defined below, words or phrases used in this ordinance shall be interpreted to give them the meaning they have in common usage and to give this ordinance its most reasonable application. AASHTO -American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials. ACCESS means the safe, adequate, and usable ingress/egress (entrance/exit) to property oruse. ACTUAL ELEVATION - means the elevation inrelationship tomean sea level. ADVERSE IMPACT ' means any deleterious effect Onwaters Orwetlands, including their quality, quantity, surface area, species composition, aesthetics or usefulness for human Ornatural uses which are Urmay potentially hgharmful Orinjurious tOhuman health, welfare, safety Or property, to biological productivity, diversity, or stability or which unreasonably interferes with the enjoyment Oflife Urproperty, including outdoor recreation. AGRICULTURAL LAND MANAGEMENT PRACTICES - means those methods and procedures used in the cultivation of land in order to further crop production and conservation ofrelated soil and water resources. /\|A -American Institute OfArchitecture. ANNUALAVERAGEDAILY TRAFFIC means daily traffic that isaveraged over one calendar year. APPLICANT - means any person, governmental agency, 0rother entity that executes the necessary forms tOprocure official approval Of3project Ora permit t0carry out construction of pr0'e{±, /\PVVASTANDARD SPECIFICATIONS means the current edition Ofthe standard specifications for municipal public works construction prepared bythe Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association and the Washington State Department 0fTransportation, 8Sadopted bythe City OfTukwila. ASTM - American Standards for Testing Materials. AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC (4DT) means the average number Ofvehicles passing a specified point during 824'hOUrperiod. INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AWVVA American Water Works Association. BACKFLOW-means 8flow Dfwater 0rother liquids, gases Orsolids from any source back into the customer's plumbing system or the water purveyor's distribution system. 8ACKFLOWPREVENT|(]NDEV|CE'rne8ns8devi[e/8pprOvedh«the5t8teDep8rtnl9nt OfHealth and h»the American Water Works Association, used tOcounteract back pressure or prevent back -siphoning into the distribution system of public water supply. BASE FLOOD ELEVATION - means the flood having a one -percent chance of being equaled orexceeded inany given year. Also referred toasthe 1O8-yearflood. BASEMENT- means any area ofthe building having its floor subgr de/be|ow ground) on all sides. BEST AVAILABLE INFORMATION -means inthe absence ofofficial flood insurance rate map data, the City can use data from federal, state, or other sources provided this data has either been generated using technically defensible methods or is based on reasonable historical analysis and experience. B|{}RETENT|{)N—means ast0rnlvvaterbest management practice consisting Ofa shallow landscaped depression designed t0temporarily store and promote infiltration of stormwater runoff. Bioretenetion may take the form of a cell, swale or planter. BOLLARD - means a post used to prevent vehicle access. BOND/SURETY - means a surety bond, cash deposit, escrow account, any assignment 0f funds, irrevocable letter of credit, or other means acceptable to the Director to guarantee acceptable performance, execution, and completion Ofthe work, in accordance with the pr0'ec±`s approved plans and iOaccordance with all applicable governmental requirements. CBD Central Business District. [OF'Controlled density fill. CFR-Code OfFederal Regulations. CITY means the City UfTukwila Orthe City Council 0fTukwila. CLEANNG-rneanstherernova|ofvegetationfrornasitebyphysica|,rnechanicaL chemical, or other means. This does not mean landscape maintenance or pruning INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS consistent with accepted horticultural practices that dOnot impair the health Orsurvival of trees and vegetation. COMPREHENSIVE PLAN - means aplan adopted h«the City Council t0guide the phvsical growth and improvement of the City and urban growth management area, including any future amendments and revision. CONVEYANCE SYSTEM means natural and man-made drainage features that collect, contain, and convey surface water. Natural drainage features include svva|es.streams, rivers, lakes, and wetlands. Man-made features include gutters, ditches, pipes, and detention/ratentionfaciUties' CR[T|CALAREA-nneansvvetandLvvatercourse,|ands|idehazardarea'urabandonedcoa| mine as designated or defined by the City's Critical Areas Ordinance and TMC 18-45. CRITICAL DRAINAGE AREA means any drainage basin having erosion, flooding Orwater quality issues 8s documented inthe Comprehensive Surface Water Management Plan Or drainage basin studies. CRITICAL FACILITY - means any structure for which even 8slight chance of flooding is too great, such asschools, nursing homes, hospitals, police, fire and emergency response installations, and installations which produce, use, or store hazardous materials or hazardous waste. CROSS -CON NECT|(}N means any physical arrangement whereby 8public water supply is connected, directly or indirectly, with any other water supply system, sewer, drain, conduit, pool, storage reservoir, plumbing fixture, Orother device which contains Or may contain contaminated water, sewage, Orother wastes Orliquids Ofunknown Or unsafe quality, which may be capable of imparting contamination to a public water supply. DEDICATION - means the deliberate appropriating 0fland hv8n0vvner/"\for any general and public uses, reserving to themselves no other rights than such as are compatible with the full exercise and enjoyment OFthe public uses tOwhich the property is to be devoted. The intent to dedicate will be evidenced presentation of a deed. DETENTION STRUCTURE means apermanent structure designed tostore runoff and discharge storage at controlled rates. DEVELOP LAND - means to change the runoff characteristics of a parcel of land. DEVELOPER-rneanstheapp|kantf0radeve|0prnentpernnkttheirsuccess0ns,and/0r assignees. INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS DEVELOPER AGREEMENT means anagreement between the City and the Developer, which contains work descriptions, estimated costs, responsibilities for the work performance and anexpiration date. DEVELOPER REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT ' means anagreement between the City and 3developer, who installed public improvements. The agreement provides for reimbursement Of3fair prorated share byany real estate owners who have not contributed to the original cost of such facilities, and who subsequently connect to, or use the improvement. DEVELOPMENT ' means any man-made change ofimproved orunimproved real estate,; the construction, reconstruction, conversion, structural alteration, relocation, or enlargement Ofany structure; any mining, excavation, landfill, clearing, or land disturbance; orany use orextension ofthe use ufland. DEVIATION - means a formal request to design public infrastructure using standards different than the Chv'sadopted code 0rdesign standards. Requests t0deviate from engineering standards must be prepared and stamped byalicensed professional engineer. DIRECTOR means the Director of the Public Works Department or designee, including the City Engineer and City inspectors. DNR-Department 0fNatural Resources. DOE State Department ofEcology. DOH ' State Department ofHealth. EASEMENT - means interest inland which does not include any rights 0fpossession. A right 0fone owner Ofland t0make lawful and beneficial use Ofthe land Ofanother created byanexpress 0rimplied agreement. ELEVATED BUILDING ' means for flood insurance purposes, anon-basement building which has its lowest elevated floor raised above ground level b«foundation walls, shear walls, post, piers, pilings, or columns. ENQNEER-GEOTECHN|CAL-nneansapnacticing/ professionalcivil engineer registered with the State UfWashington, who has knowledge and practice 0fgeOte[hni[8| engineering. ENGINEER, PROFESSIONAL - means an engineer, registered in Washington State. ENGINEER, SOILS - means Geotechnical Engineer. INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS ENGINEERING GEOLOGIST - means a geologist certified by the State as experienced and knowledgeable in engineering geology. ENGINEERING GEOLOGY - means the application of geologic knowledge in the investigation and evaluation of naturally occurring rock and soil for use in the design of civil works. ENGINEERING, GEOTECHNICAL - means the application of soil mechanics in the investigation, evaluation, and design of civil works involving the use of earth materials and the inspection or testing of the construction thereof. ESC - Erosion prevention and sediment control. FBFM - Flood boundary/floodway map. FEMA - Federal Emergency Management Agency. FIRE MAIN - means a water line, at least 6 inch diameter, serving fire hydrants or fire protection systems. FIRM - Flood Insurance Rate Map. FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP (FIRM) - means the official map on which the Federal Insurance Administration has delineated both the areas of special flood hazards and the risk premium zones applicable to the City. FLOOD INSURANCE STUDY - means the official report and documents provided by the Federal Insurance Administration that includes flood profiles, the flood boundary- floodway map, and the water surface elevation of the base flood. FLOOD OR FLOODING - means a general and temporary condition of partial or complete inundation of normally dry land areas from the overflow of inland or tidal waters, and/or the unusual and rapid accumulation of runoff of surface waters from any source. FLOOD PLAIN - means any land area susceptible to flooding from any source. FLOOD PRONE - means any land area susceptible to flooding, not shown on FIRMs, designated as flood -prone by the Director, using best available information. FLOOD PROOFING - means any combination of structural and non-structural additions, changes, or adjustments to nonresidential structures, which reduce or eliminate flood damage to real estate or improved real property, water and sanitary facilities, structures, or their contents. For flood proofed nonresidential buildings, FEMA bases flood insurance premiums on rates that are one foot below the flood -proofed level. For A-5 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS example, a building flood proofed to the base flood level will be rated as one foot below that level. FLOOD ZONE - means any area designated as special flood hazard or flood prone, or any area within the shoreline per Tukwila Municipal Code. FLOODWAY - means the channel of a river or other watercourse and the adjacent land areas that must be reserved in order to discharge the base flood without cumulatively increasing the water surface elevation more than one foot. FLOW ATTENUATION - means detaining or retaining runoff to reduce the peak discharge. FRONTAGE IMPROVEMENTS - means all of the street pavement, curb, gutter, sidewalk, transit bus shelters, bus pullouts, storm drainage, water and sewer utilities, power and communications cable undergrounding, street trees and street lighting, located within any public right-of-way abutting the property boundary of a development. FZCP - Flood Zone Control Permit. GRADING - means any act by which soil is cleared, stripped, stockpiled, excavated, scarified, filled, or any combination thereof. HALF STREET - means a street constructed utilizing at least half the regular width of the right-of-way and permitted as an interim facility pending construction of the other half. HDPE - high -density polyethylene. HEALTH OFFICER - means the Director of the South King County Department of Public Health or the duly authorized representative. HIGH USE SITE - means a commercial or industrial site that (i) has an expected average daily traffic (ADT) count equal to or greater than 'too vehicles per 1,000 square feet of gross building area, (2) is subject to petroleum storage or transfer in excess of 1,500 gallon per year, not including delivered heating oil, or (3) is subject to use, storage, or maintenance of a fleet of 25 or more diesel vehicles that are over to tons net weight (trucks, buses, trains, heavy equipment). Also included is any road intersection with a measured ADT count of 25,000 vehicles or more on the main roadway and 15,000 vehicles or more on any intersecting roadway, excluding projects proposing primarily pedestrian or bicycle use improvements. IMPERVIOUS SURFACE - means any surface that cannot be effectively and easily penetrated by water; a hard surface that either prevents or restricts the entry of water into the soil mantle or causes water to run off the surface in greater quantities or at an A-6 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS increased flow rate compared tonatural conditions priortodevelopment. Impervious surfaces include roof tops, paved areas, gravel roads, packed earthen surfaces, oiled surfaces, and macadam. Open, uncovered flood control, orwater quality facilities are not considered impervious surfaces. IMPROVEMENTS - means any improvement tOpublic, real, Orpersonal property, including but not limited to, installation of streets, nOadS/ pedeSth3O/bikefa[ilities. streetlights; landscape features; sewer and waterlines; bridge structures; storm drainage facilities; and traffic control devices. INTERCEPTOR - means 8sewer that receives flow from anumber Ofmain Ortrunk sewers, force mains, etc. KCSWDM - the adopted King County Surface Water Design Manual. LEVEE means aman-made structure, designed and constructed inaccordance with sound engineering practices tocontain, control, ordivert water flow for protection from flooding. LEVEL III CERTIFICATION - means a National Institute For Certification in Engineering Technologies, fire protection engineering technology certificate of competency,to design and install fire protection systems including underground backflOvvprevention devices and associated thrust blocking. LOCAL IMPROVEMENT - means a public improvement provided to a specific area benefiting that area and usually paid for bvaspecial assessment for the benefit of property owners. LOWEST FLOOR (flood control definition) - means the lowest floor 0fthe lowest enclosed area (including basement). |f3nunfinished Orflood resistant enclosure isused solely for vehicle parking, building access, or storage, if this 2O[lOsun2 is in an area other than 3basement, and ifthis enclosure i5built SOthat the structure meets the applicable non -elevation design requirements for nonresidential construction, the enclosure is not considered the structure's lowest floor. Lovv|rnpactDeve|oprnant(L|D)—K8eansastornlvvaterand|andusennanagarnent strategy that strives to nnirni[ pre -disturbance hydrologic processes of infiltration, filtration, storage, evaporation and transpiration by emphasizing conservation use of on'sitenatuna|features.sitep|anning,anddisthbutedstornlvvaterrnanagennent practices that are integrated into aproject design. INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS MANUFACTURED HOME (flood control definition) - means a structure, transportable in one or more sections, built on a permanent chassis and designed for use with or without a permanent foundation when attached to the required utilities. The term "manufactured home" does not include a "recreational vehicle." MANUFACTURED HOME PARK OR SUBDIVISION (flood control definition) - means a parcel (or contiguous parcels) of land divided into two or more manufactured home lots for rent or sale. MANUFACTURED HOME PARK OR SUBDIVISION, EXISTING - means a manufactured home park or subdivision for which the construction of facilities for servicing the lots on which the manufactured homes are to be affixed (including, at a minimum, the installation of utilities, the construction of streets, and either final site grading or the pouring of concrete pads) is completed before 1981, the effective date of the Tukwila's original floodplain management regulations. MANUFACTURED HOME PARK OR SUBDIVISION, EXPANSION TO AN EXISTING - means the preparation of additional sites by the construction of facilities for servicing the lots on which the manufactured homes are to be affixed, including the installation of utilities, the construction of streets, and either final site grading or the pouring of concrete pads. MEAN SEA LEVEL (flood control definition) - means the National Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD) of 1929 to which the base flood elevations shown on the Flood Insurance Rate Map are referenced. METER - means a water measuring device approved by the Director. METER, DEDUCT - means a meter for water supply that does not discharge to the public sewer. The Permittee provides, owns, installs, and maintains the meter. This meter is installed downstream of a permanent water meter. An example is landscape irrigation. METER, PERMAN ENT - means meter for domestic water supply of all new or reestablished services when sewer discharge rates are calculated based on water usage. Each individual building requires a separate water main tap. The Permittee pays for a City -provided water meter. METER, TEMPORARY - means a water meter rented from the City for use of public water, on a short term basis, where a metered supply does not already exist. The Permittee rents the meter from the City. Examples include dust suppression during construction or water supply during hydroseeding. METER, WATER ONLY - Required for a separate service from the main that will not discharge to the public sewer. The Permittee pays for a City -provided water meter. A-8 INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS yN|C MANUFACTURING/INDUSTRIAL CENTER -This area iSdefined 6«Tukwila zoning codes and can be referenced through zoning maps available on the City's website or MULTIFAMILY - means, in reference to development, the construction of a building or buildings to house two or more families living independently of each other. 01UTCD Manual onUniform Traffic Control Devices. NAD-means North American Datum, horizontal, Of1983/1991. NAVD - means North American Vertical Datum. NEW CONSTRUCTION (flood control definition) means structures f0rvvhi[hthe "start ofconstruction" commenced onorafter 1g81,the effective date ofTukvvi|a/soriginal floodp|ainmanagement regulations. NEW MANUFACTURED HOME PARK (]RSUBDIVISION - means amanufactured hOrn8 park or subdivision for which the construction of facilities, including streets, utilities, concrete pads, iscompleted 0DO[after 1488/the effective date OfTukvvilJ'5original fl00dpl3iO management regulations. NF|P'National Flood Insurance Program. NGVD-National Geodetic Vertical Datum Of1qZ9. NICET - National Institute for Certification in Engineering Fundamentals. NPOES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System. OSHA ' Occupational Safety and Health Administration. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE ' means 8financial guarantee in8form acceptable tOthe City Attorney, ensuring all improvements, facilities, Orwork will becompleted in compliance with regulations, and approved plans and spe[ifiC8UOns. PERMEABLEP/YVEyNENT-rneansapervkouscuncrete,porousasphaULpermeab|e pavers |orother forms ofpervious orporous paving material intended toallow passage of water through the pavement section. It often includes an aggregate base that provides structural support and acts 8s8st0rnlvv8terreservoir. PERM|TTEE means any person, governmental agency, nrother entity that is INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS PLANS - means the plans, profiles, cross sections, elevations, details, and supplementary specifications, signed by a licensed professional engineer and approved by the Director, showing the location, character, dimensions, and details of the work to be performed. POLLUTION - means contamination or other alteration of the physical, chemical, or biological properties of waters of the state that will or is likely to create a nuisance or render waters harmful, detrimental, or injurious 1) to public health, safety, or welfare, or 2) to domestic, commercial, industrial, agricultural, recreational, or other legitimate beneficial uses, or 3) to livestock, wild animals, birds, fish, or other aquatic life. Contamination includes discharge of any liquid, gas, or solid, radioactive or other substance. Alteration includes temperature, taste, color, turbidity, or odor. PROJECT - means activity encompassing all phases of the work to be performed and is synonymous to the term "improvement" or "work." PW - means Public Works Department. RECREATIONAL VEHICLE - means a vehicle which is: Built on a single chassis; 40o square feet or less when measured at the largest horizontal projections; Designed to be self-propelled or permanently towable by a light duty truck; and, Designed primarily for use as temporary living quarters for recreational, camping, travel, or seasonal use. REDEVELOPMENT PROJECT - means a project that adds, replaces, or alters exterior impervious surface on a site that already has 35% or impervious surface. RETENTION STRUCTURE - means a permanent structure that provides for the storage of runoff by means of a permanent pool of water. RIGHT-OF-WAY - means ('1) a strip of land acquired by reservation, dedication, forced dedication, prescription, or condemnation and intended to be occupied by a road, crosswalk, railroad, electric transmission lines, oil or gas pipeline, water line, sanitary sewer, storm sewer, or other similar public accesses or public uses; and (2) the right of one to pass over the property of another. ROAD - means street. RPPA — Reduced pressure principle assembly (formerly Reduced Pressure Backflow Assembly). A-io INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS SEDIMENT - means soils or other materials transported or deposited by the action of wind, water, ice, or gravity. SEPA -State Environmental Policy Act. SEWER,LATERALmeans the portion Ofthe sewer line extending from the Cit«'snn8in to the building, having nOother common sewers discharging into it. Alateral sewer is operated and maintained by the property owner. Sometimes called 8side sevver. SEWER, MAIN or TRUNK - means a sewer that receives flow from one or more mains. SEWER, LMAIN EXTENSION - means the portion Ofthe sewer line extending for more than 15Ofeet from the Cit»'srn3in. Lateral sewer connections are made t0the sewer main extension. SEWER, PRIVATE means that portion ofthe system located onprivate property where noeasements are granted tothe City. Private sewers include gravity laterals, building sewers, and sewer collection systems internal todevelopments; such as, apartment complexes, condominiums, townhouses, shopping centers, commercial office parks, mobile home parks, etc. A private sewer includes the portion of the lateral between the property line and sewer main. Maintenance Of8private sewer will bethe responsibility Ofthe property Ovvner/S\. SEWER, PUBLIC means that portion of the system located within rights -of -way or easements (excluding laterals) and is operated and maintained by the City. SEWER, STUB - means sewer, lateral. SHALLOW FLOODING AREA - means adesignated AOurAHzoneunthe0ood Insurance Rate Map /F|RM\The base flood depths range from one t0three feet; a clearly defined channel does not exist; the path Offlooding isunpredictable and indeterminate; and, velocity flow may b2evident. A(]ischaracterized 35sheet flow and AH iDdicatesp0ncliOg. SIDEWALK apaved, surfaced, iorleveled area, paralleling and usually separated from the street and normally used as a pedestrian walkway. SITE - means any tract, lot, Orparcel 0fland, Orcombination Oftracts, lots, 0rparcels 0f land which are inone ownership, Orare contiguous and indiverse ownership, where development is to be performed as a part of a unit, subdivision, or project. SITE PLAN ' means the development plan for one Ormore lots Onwhich iSshown the existing and proposed conditions 0fthe lot, topography, vegetation, drainage, flood INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS and buildings; signs and lighting; berms, buffers, and screening dsurrounding development; and any other information that reasonably may be required in order that an informed decision can b2made bythe reviewing authority. SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD AREA - means the land inthe flood plain subject t0aone- percent 0rg[e3te[[h3O[e0ffl00diOgiOany givenyear. Also called the 1OU-yea[flood elevation 0rthe base flood elevation. These areas are designated OnFlood Insurance Rate Maps /F|RMs1using the letters AO[V. Special flood hazard areas include flood prone areas designated by the City. STABILIZATION means the prevention ofsoil movement bvany various vegetative and/or structural means. STANDARDS - means the City of Tukwila Development Guidelines and Design and Construction Standards. START (}FCONSTRUCTION includes, for flood insurance purposes, substantial improvement, and means the date the building permit was issued, provided the actual start of construction, repair, reconstruction, placement or other improvement occurred within 18Odays Ufthe permit date. The actual start means either the first placement of permanent construction of a structure on a site, such as the pouring of slab or footings, the installation 0fpiles, the construction Ufcolumns, Orany work beyond the stage Of excavation; orthe placement ofamanufactured home onafoundation. Permanent construction does not include land preparation, such 8Sclearing, grading and filling; nor does it include the installation of streets and/or walkways; nor does it include excavation for a basement, footings, piers, or foundations or the erection of temporary forms; nor does itinclude the installation Onthe property Ofaccessory buildings, such 8S garages or sheds not occupied as dwelling units or not part of the main structure. Fora substantial irnpn]vern2nt/ the 8[tu8| start of construction means the first alteration Of any wall, ceiling, floor, or other structural part of a building, whether or not that alteration affects the external dimensions of the building. STORM DRAINAGE PLAN -rO8]ns a set Ofdrawings and documents submitted as 8 prerequisite to obtaining 8 development permit. The plan contains all of the information and specifications pertaining tUsurface water management OnSiteand off site. STREET, ARTERIAL means astreet that connects access streets tohigher classifications. STREET, CU L-DE-SAC - means a street with a single common ingress and egress and with acircular turnaround 3tthe end, INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS STREET FRONTAGE means either the area between any lot lines that intersect, and the area Uf8lot that directly abuts the boundary Uf3public Orprivate street hght'Of-w3y. STREET, PRIVATE - means a street, built to City standards, but is not owned, nor maintained bythe City. Aprivate street is3street the City 0[other governmental entity has not accepted for ownership O[maintenance. This does not include private access road 3sdefined iOthe Subdivision code. STREET, PUBLIC means 3public usually containing improved facilities for transportation and utilities. Apublic street iS8 publicly owned and maintained street that serves more than four lots orislonger than IOOfeet. STRUCTURE (flood control definition) - means, for flood plain management, 8 manufactured h0rn2 or vv8l|2d and roofed building, including 8 gas or liquid storage tank, that isprincipally above ground. Structure, for insurance purposes, means 3 manufactured home, 0r3walled and roofed building, except 3gas Orliquid storage tank, that isprincipally above ground. /CFR5g.1\ SUBSTANTIAL DAMAGE- means damage Ofany origin suSt8ined by structure whereby the cost 0frestoring the structure tOit's before damaged condition would equal or exceed 50 percent of the market value of the structure before the damage occurred. SUBSTANT|AL|MPROVEMENT-rn28nS8nyrepair,reUJnStru[tkJn'r2h8bUit8tk)n' addition, or other improvement of a structure, the cost of which equals or exceeds 5o percent ofthe assessed value ofthe structure either: * Before the improvement orrepair isstarted, or ~ Before damage occurred, ifthe structure bbeing restored. Forthepurposesofthisdefinition,wsuhstantia|irnprovernent''occursvvhenthe first alteration ofany wall, ceiling, floor, Urother structural part of the building commences, whether or not that alteration affects the external dimensions of the structure' "Substantial irnprOvernentvdoes not include: • Any improvement Uf8structure tOcomply with existing state Orlocal health, sanitary, or safety code specifications which is solely necessary to assure safe living conditions, nor w Any alteration of structure listed on the national Registry of Historic Places 0rastate inventory Ofhistoric places. SURVEYOR - means any Washington State licensed professional land surveyor. TMC -Tukwila Municipal Code. INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS TRAFFIC IMPACT ANALYSIS 'means areport analyzing anticipated roadway conditions with and without proposed development, including 8nanalysis 0fmitigation measures and 8 calculation 0ffair share financial contributions. TUKW|LAURBAN CENTER - The TUC i5defined h»Tukwila zoning codes and can be referenced through zoning maps available OOthe Chv`svvebsiteOrTMC18.28. The specific area map is defined by code but can generally be described as that area bounded by|-4050nthe north, S18Oth0Dthe south, |-5t0the West and the UP/BNSF railroad tracks t0the east (just east 0fWest Valley Highvv3y). TYPICAL means the guidelines that shall befollowed unless the Director approves a v8n3DOn. UTILITY - means 8company providing public service including, but not limited to, gas, oil, fuel, electric pOvvec street lighting, telecommunications, water, sanitary sewer, storm drainage, solid waste, 0[cable television, whether 0rnot such company is privately owned 0[owned by3governmental entity. VACATION means the process h«which public right-of-way becomes private property. VARIANCE - means 8grant Dfrelief hvthe City for land use activities that would otherwise b2prohibited bythe T&4C. \K64C-Washington Administrative Code. VVDF\N-Washington Department 0fFish and Wildlife VV|SHA-Washington Industrial Safety and Health Administration. YV5D0T'Washington State Department OfTransportation. ZONE "A" - means a zone on the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) where flooding is known tooccur, but noflood elevation has been determined. ZONE "AH"-means a zone 0nthe Flood Insurance Rate Map /F|RK4\characterized h» base flood depths from one tOthree feet; having OOclearly defined channel O[having an unpredictable and indeterminate channel, where velocity flow may be evident. AH indicateSpOOcling. ZONE "AP - means a zone on the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) where base flood elevations are determined and are shown onthe map. DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS APPENDIX B STANDARD CONSTRUCTION PLAN NOTES STANDARD CONSTRUCTION NOTES Prior to starting construction, contact ONE -CALL (1-800-424-5555), or 811, for utility locations. CONTACTS Project Manager: Provide Name and Contact Number Design Engineer: Provide Name and Contact Number Owner: Provide Name and Contact Number Other: Provide Name and Contact Number GENERAL 1. Locations shown for existing utilities are approximate. 2. At least 48 hours before starting project site work, notify the Utilities Inspector. 3. Request a utility inspection at least 24 hours in advance via the Permit Center https://www.tukwilawa.gov/departments/permit-center/ 4. The Contractor assumes sole responsibility for worker safety, and damage to structures and improvements resulting from construction operations. 5. The Contractor shall have the permit(s) and conditions, the approved plans, and a current copy of City of Tukwila Development Guidelines and Design and Construction Standards available at the job site. 6. All work shall conform to these approved drawings. Any changes from the approved plans require pre -approval from the owner, the engineer, and the City of Tukwila. 7. All methods and materials shall meet City of Tukwila Development Guidelines and Design and Construction Standards, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Public Works Director. 8. Contractor shall maintain a current set of record drawings on -site. 9. Contractor shall provide record drawings prior to project final approval. 10. Provide traffic control and street maintenance plan for approval before implementation. B-1 DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 11. All surveying for public facilities shall be done under the direction of a Washington licensed land surveyor. Vertical datum shall be NAVD 1988. Horizontal datum shall be Washington State (grid) Coordinates, North Zone, using NAD 83/91 survey control and tied to any two City of Tukwila Horizontal Control Monuments. For projects within a flood control zone, the Permittee shall provide conversion calculations to NGVD 1929. 12. Replace or relocate all signs damaged or removed due to construction. 13. Retain, replace or restore existing vegetation in rights -of -way, easements, and Access Tracts. CONSTRUCTION 1. All work performed shall be per approved plans and specifications only. The Permittee is required to maintain a set of approved plans, specifications, and associated permits on the job site. Work shall be performed in accordance with all federal, state, and local laws. Permittee shall apply for a Revision for any work not according to the approved plans. 2. Permittee/Contractor shall arrange a preconstruction conference with the City's Inspector(s) prior to beginning any work. 3. Work in Roadways a. All work in roadways shall meet TMC 11 and the following: b. Prior to any activity in City right-of-way, the Permittee shall provide the City a traffic control plan for review and approval. The traffic control plan shall include the location, address and description of traffic flow during the work and shall meet MUTCD requirements. c. All work requiring lane closures must be by permit only. NOTE: From the third Thursday in November to the following January 1st, lane closures in the Tukwila Urban Center are prohibited. d. Fire, pedestrian, and vehicular access to buildings shall be maintained at all times, except when Permittee has permission from the building owner and the Director to close an access. e. All roadways shall be kept free of dirt and debris using street sweepers. Use of water trucks for cleaning roadways requires preapproval from the Director. f. Install steel plates over any trench, at any time work is stopped and the trench is left open. GRADING AND EROSION CONTROL NOTES 1. The erosion prevention and sediment control (ESC) measures on the approved plans are minimum requirements. B-2 DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 2. Before beginning any construction activities, establish the clearing limits, install construction entrance, and install erosion prevention and sediment control measures. 3. Before any ground disturbance occurs, all downstream erosion prevention and sediment control measures (ESC) must be constructed and in operation. Install and maintain all ESC measures according to the ESC plan. 4. ESC measures, including all perimeter controls, shall remain in place until final site construction is completed and permanent stabilization is established. 5. From May . through September 3o, provide temporary and permanent cover measures to protect disturbed areas that will remain unworked for seven days or more. 6. From October t through April 30, provide temporary and permanent cover measures to protect disturbed areas that will remain unworked for two days or more. In addition to cover measures, the Contractor shall: a. Protect stockpiles and steep cut and fill slopes if unworked for more than 12 hours. b. Stockpile, on site, enough cover materials to cover all disturbed areas. c. By October 8, seed all areas that will remain unworked during the wet season (October 1 through April 3o). Mulch all seeded areas. 7. Failure to maintain ESC measures in accordance with the approved maintenance schedule may result in the work being performed at the direction of the Director and assessed as a lien against the property where such facilities are located. 8. During the life of the project, the Permittee shall maintain in good condition and promptly repair, restore, or replace all grade surfaces; walls, drains, dams, structures, vegetation, erosion and sediment control measures, and other protective devices in accordance with approved plans. 9. The Permittee shall monitor the downstream drainage features, and shall, with the Director's approval, remove all sediment deposition resulting from project - related work. B-3 DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 1o. All work performed shall be per approved plans and specifications only. The Permittee is required to maintain a set of approved plans and specifications and associated permits on the job site. Work shall be performed in accordance with all federal, state, and local laws. ii. As the first order of business, the Permittee shall install erosion prevention and sediment control measures per the ESC and shall install the downstream temporary ESC measures before any site disturbance occurs. Before the temporary measures are removed, install and establish the upstream permanent ESC measures. 12. The Permittee shall at all times protect sensitive areas, their buffers, and adjacent private properties and public rights -of -way or easements from damage during grading operations. The Permittee shall restore, to the standards in effect at the time of the issuance of the permit, sensitive areas, their buffers, and public and private properties and improvements damaged by the Permittee's operations. 13. Permittee shall arrange for and comply with the following: 14. Notify the Public Works Department within 48 hours following installation of ESC measures. 15. Obtain permission in writing from the City prior to modifying the ESC plan. 16. Maintain all road drainage systems, storm water drainage systems, control measures and other facilities as identified in the ESC plan. 17. Repair any siltation or erosion damages to adjoining properties and drainage facilities. 18. Inspect according to the approved ESC inspection schedule and make needed repairs immediately. UTILITY NOTES 1. All trench excavation operations shall meet or exceed all applicable shoring laws for trenches over 4-feet deep. All trench safety systems shall meet WISHA requirements. 2. Power, cable, fiber optics, and telephone lines shall be in a trench with a 5' minimum horizontal separation from other underground utilities. 3. Adjust all manholes, catch basins, and valves to finish grade in public rights -of - way or easements after asphalt paving. STORM DRAINAGE NOTES 1. All methods and materials shall meet City of Tukwila Development Guidelines and Design and Construction Standards, and the adopted King County Surface Water Design Manual, unless otherwise approved. 2. Mark all storm drain inlets with "Dump No Waste" and either "Drains to Streams", "Drains to Wetlands", or "Drains to Groundwater", as applicable. Install 4 inch raised pavement storm drain markers at all catch basin inlets. B-4 DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 3. Driveway culverts shall be of sufficient length to provide a minimum 3:1 slope from the edge of the driveway to the bottom of the ditch. Culverts shall have beveled end sections that match the side slope. GEOTECHNICAL NOTE TO DESIGNER: COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING NOTE or DELETE WHEN NOT APPLICABLE: I, , the architect/structural engineer, reviewed the geotechnical report, titled f prepared by and dated . I understand the report's recommendations, I explained to the Owner the risks due to slides and I incorporated the recommendations into the design. I established measures to reduce potential risk of injury or damage that might be caused by any earth movement predicted in the report. Signature Date B-5 DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS ���������U��� �K������U��������N�U��� �...��.�.�...,� ������..������.. ���.����"��.�~��~ COMPLETENESS CHECKLIST This checklist isprovided tDaid the Engineer's completeness review before submittal fDthe City and is not intended USUfull and complete list »frequirements for submittals. PROJECT DESCRIPTION: Check All that apply to the Project O Deve|opment-Private O Development - Single Family [] Public Infrastructure O Public Road O {ritica|Area(s) [] Flood Zone OnsiteWork Includes: O Clearing, Grading O Paving O Dead End or Landscape Island U Uti|ityUndergrounding U Driveway B Hammerhead U Private road O Infiltration O Retention O Detention O Low Impact Development O Habitat Improvement O Other O Looped Fire line O Water Main Extension O Permanent Meter O Deduct Meter O Water Only Meter O Backf|o*Prevention UFire U|rrigation [] Water Service [] Sewer Main Extension O Sanitary Side Sewer O Abandon Septic Tank O Grease|nterceptor O Cap orRemove Utilities Work lnR|ght'of-"vayIncludes: Existing Access Trench Excavation Bicycle facilities �l NewAccess El Traffic signal Boring El Pavement cut ADA|mprovements NN Transit facilities N [hanne|ization N Pavement repair Public art [� ^~ Curb/gutter El Sidewalk �l Signs El Mailboxes ^[� ~ Pavement El Landscaping 11 Water Supply El Sewer [� ^~ Crosswalk NN On*treetparking N Surface Water N Cable, conduit orother such 11 Sewer El Traffic Control El Dead end El Uti|ityUndergrounding N Low Impact Development (-1 DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS PROJECT SUBMITTALS Check All That Apply to the Project ❑ Engineer's cost estimate ❑ Geotechnical Report ❑ Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ Stormwater Technical Information Report ❑ Street lighting calculations ❑ Low Impact Development ❑ King County Sewer Use Certificate ❑ Water Availability Certificate ❑ Sewer Availability Certificate ❑ South King County Department of Health approval (if onsite septic tank) ❑ Proof that the Washington State code and the Uniform Plumbing Code were followed when septic tank abandoned ❑ State of Washington current water right permit for wells ❑ King County Industrial Waste Discharge approval ❑ King County DNR approval for connection to interceptor line ❑ Easement(s) ❑ Maintenance Agreement(s) ❑ Hold Harmless — Critical Area ❑ Waivers ❑ Recorded Landscape Island Maintenance Agreement ❑ Other Required For Work In Right-of-way ❑ Engineer estimate ❑ Activity Description ❑ Plan ❑ Profile ❑ Cross-section ❑ Traffic control plan ❑ Applicant/Owner information ❑ Owner and Applicant in compliance statement ❑ City of Tukwila business license ❑ Copy of legal authorization ❑ Hold Harmless Agreement — right-of-way ❑ Comprehensive general liability insurance ❑ Business automobile liability insurance ❑ Contractor's pollution liability insurance ❑ Security - corporate surety bond, cash deposit or letter of credit ❑ Maintenance Bond ❑ Street and pavement restoration plan C-2 DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS PLANS - ALL PROJECTS Drafting Standards Plan Elements ESC Plan Pollution Prevention Plan ❑ Stockpile locations ❑ Erosion prevention ❑ Runoff velocities minimized ❑ Sediment retention onsite ❑ Clearing limits ❑ Critical area buffers ❑ Temporary stabilization ❑ Perimeter protection ❑ Stabilized traffic areas ❑ Surface water controls ❑ Final stabilization methods ❑ Wet season requirements (Oct 1 - Apr 3o) ❑ ESC Maintenance ❑ Downstream drainage features monitoring ❑ Removal of sediment deposition resulting from project -related work ❑ Post Construction Plans Does the plan include BMPs for the following activities? 0 Dewatering • Paving ❑ Structure construction and painting 0 Material delivery, use, or storage (soil, pesticides, herbicides, fertilizers, detergent, plaster, petroleum products, acids, lime, paints, solvents, curing compounds) 0 Solid waste ❑ Hazardous waste • Contaminated soils ❑ Concrete waste 0 Sanitary/septic waste ❑ Vehicle or equipment cleaning, fueling, or maintenance Street and Pavement Restoration Plan Traffic Control Plan ❑ Plan and cross section ❑ Meets geotechnical recommendations ❑ Describes materials and thickness ❑ Matches existing conditions ❑ Shows channelization and other pavement markings ❑ Restores vehicle detector loop ❑ Replaces signs, mailboxes ❑ Restores Bike/pedestrian paths ❑ Includes landscape restoration ❑ Cleaning storm drain system ❑ ADA requirements • Property lines ❑ Right-of-way lines 0 Sidewalks ❑ Street lights • Signs ❑ Mailboxes 0 Landscaping and trees ❑ Channelization • Cross walks ❑ Bus stops 0 Accesses ❑ Bike/Pedestrian paths • Traffic control devices ❑ Pedestrian and emergency access to any abutting public school, public building, urban trail, or transit stop C-3 DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS PLANS - ALL PROJECTS Streets Plan View Streets Profile View ❑ Spot elevations on curb returns (PC, PT, ' /2) ❑ PI, PC, PT, stationing of horizontal curves ❑ Vertical information PVC, PVI, PVT, AP ❑ Show grades in decimal (FT/FT) form with (+ and -) slope • Super elevated roadway segments ❑ Detail (length of transition in, length of full super, length of transition out) 0 New and existing centerline profile ❑ Pavement cross section supported by pavement design ❑ New gutter edge of pavement profile* • Curve information delta, radius, and length for all curves ❑ Horizontal angle points and curb return elevations ❑ Identify field design situations by notes ❑ Match existing features by station with elevation • Existing edge of pavement profile* *Not required for new standard street section construction. Required for Retrofit and Variable Gutter • Typical roadway sections and pavement types ❑ Pavement markings noted by station and offset ❑ Sidewalks ❑ Driveway entrances ❑ Width, type (AC, PCC) note applicable City standard plan • Station at center ❑ Sight distance for horizontal and vertical curves, intersections and access points ❑ Curb access ramps — per City standard plan ❑ Intersection detail Street Ends ❑ Cul-de-sac 0 Landscape island at dead end ❑ Hammerhead • Barricade temporary dead-end • Street trees with stations ❑ Property lines and addresses ❑ Existing and proposed transit stops and shelters 0 Existing and proposed traffic signs ❑ Existing and proposed mail boxes • Existing and proposed street lights and vaults • Pedestrian and emergency access to any abutting public school, public building, urban trail, or transit stop ❑ ADA requirements C-4 DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS PLANS - ALL PROJECTS Surface Water Plan View [] Utility crossings LJ Station and offset ateach manhole catch basin [] Manholes/catch basins numbered sequentially [l Manholes/catch basin type designation 11 Manholes/catch basin rim elevation [l Flow direction (with arrow on pipe) LJ Pipe material, sizes and lengths [l Stornnvvaterdetention facility (pond dimensions with elevations) Storrnvvatertreatment facility (dimensions with e|evotinns) [� Control structure with orifice size and elevation [] Emergency overflow location and elevation [l Design high water elevation 11 Outfa|| locations and treatment Profile View [l Elevations ofeach utility atutility crossings 0 Station and offset ateach manhole/catch basin [] Invert elevations on manholes/catch basins showing direction of flow [l Manhole/catch basin type designation 0 Rim elevation [l Pipe materials and sizes [] Length ofpipe (shown inL.F.)center structure to center structure [l Grades shown (decimal from FT./FT.) 11 Stnrrnvvaterdetention facility [l Stornnvvatertreatment facility [] Control structure [l C)utfa|| locations and elevations DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS PLANS - ALL PROJECTS Water Supply Sanitary Sewer Plan View ❑ Elevations of each utility at utility crossings ❑ Show fixtures with stations ❑ Fire hydrants ❑ Blow -off (at dead end of line) ❑ Vacuum and air release valves ❑ Tees, crosses, elbows, adapters, and valves, meter station and offset ❑ Size of pipe ❑ Type and brand of fixtures ❑ Length of water main in L.F. between fixtures ❑ Distance from sanitary or storm sewer ❑ Meters located in ROW at property line ❑ Meters grouped Profile View ❑ Elevations of each utility at utility crossings ❑ Show fixtures with stations and elevations ❑ Show valves and stations and elevations ❑ Size and material of water main ❑ Length of water main in L.F. ❑ Grades Plan View ❑ Elevations of each utility at utility crossings ❑ Station and offset shown at each proposed manhole Manholes numbered sequentially Manhole type designation Flow direction (with arrow on pipe) Invert elevations Distance from water lines Pipe material and sizes Length of pipe from center of manhole to center of manhole ❑ Depth at property line ❑ Station for sewer laterals at property line ❑ Stub (s) for laterals ❑ On as-builts, laterals will be related to property corners measured along the right-of-way line ❑ Force main and appurtenances with station and offset ❑❑❑❑❑❑❑ Profile View ❑ Elevations of each utility at utility crossings ❑ Station and offset shown at each manhole ❑ Manholes numbered sequentially ❑ Invert elevation showing direction, in and out ❑ Rim elevation ❑ Grades shown (decimal form FT./FT.) ❑ Type of pipe ❑ Size of pipe ❑ Length of pipe from center of manhole to center of manhole (in L.F.) ❑ Existing utilities crossings ❑ Force main and appurtenances with stations and offsets C-6 DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS PLANS - ALL PROJECTS DEVELOPMENT - Private Property Plans D Design meets applicable development regulations and Infrastructure Design and Construction Manual ❑ All applicable requirements under the previous checklists ❑ Cut and fill volumes ❑ Impervious surface calculation — existing and proposed D Access provided to easement(s) or ROW ❑ Access width at property line is 25' to 35' ❑ Access aligned with accesses opposite ❑ Access sight distance shown Profile D Location, route, and configuration of all facilities to be located underground, including the line and grade proposed for the burial at all points along the route that are within the public ways ❑ Location of all existing underground utilities, conduits, ducts, pipes, mains, and installations that are within the public ways along the underground route proposed by the applicant ❑ Cross section showing pavement and subgrade, existing and proposed utilities ❑ Trench cross-section(s) showing materials, depth, coverage and utilities Utilities ❑ Location and route of all facilities to be installed on existing utility poles ❑ Proposed above ground utilities ❑ Location, route, and configuration of all facilities to be located underground, including the line and grade proposed for the burial D Existing underground utilities, conduits, ducts, pipes, mains, and installations that are within the public right of ways ❑ Proposed underground utilities, conduits, ducts, pipes, mains, and installations Streets ❑ Frontage improvements in right-of-way ❑ Access — 25' to 35' at right-of-way ❑ Meets private road standards ❑ Meets public road standards Surface Water ❑ Meets Technical Information Report ❑ Meets geotechnical report recommendations ❑ Meets applicable requirements under the "Surface Water — All Projects" checklist Sewer D All applicable requirements under the "Sewer — All Projects" checklist ❑ Minimum 6" lateral ❑ Sewer clean -out and test —tee at property line ❑ Sewer clean -out at building ❑ Grease interceptor, 6" lines, and reference to related plumbing sheets Water ❑ All applicable requirements under the "Water Supply — All Projects" checklist ❑ Water meter(s) in ROW at the property line ❑ Looped water system ❑ Backflow assembly on water supply, include protection from freezing ❑ Backflow assembly on fire line, make, model, location ❑ Backflow protection on irrigation line, make, model, location C-7 DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS DEVELOPMENT — Single Family Residence The City may accept non -engineered plans for single -lot, single-family residence. The City requires engineered plans for all public infrastructure, work in the right-of-way, all surface water other than Small Site Drainage Review (KCSWDM), and development in a critical area. DEVELOPMENT — Single Family Residence Submittals Plans ❑ Water Availability Certificate ❑ Drafting standards ❑ Sewer Availability Certificate 0 Plan elements ❑ Utility/Grading/Drainage Plan(s) ❑ Scale (usually i"=zo' horizontal) • Erosion Prevention and Sediment • Existing and proposed contours at 2' intervals Control Plan ❑ Easements - Width, location, purpose - existing ❑ Feasibility Evaluation per KCSWD and proposed Manual 0 Property lines and dimensions ❑ Geotechnical Report ❑ ioo-year flood plain delineation ❑ King County Department of • Shoreline limits Health approval (if onsite septic ❑ Critical areas and associated buffers tank) 0 Footprints of all existing and proposed • Proof that the Washington State structures code and the Uniform Plumbing ❑ Structures outside the property boundaries and Code were followed when septic within 15' of the property lines tank abandoned • Retaining walls, rockeries and other structures of that sort, existing and proposed • State of Washington current water right permit for wells ❑ Surface and subsurface utility locations, including power poles, light poles, underground cable ❑ Critical areas within % mile of the property boundaries ❑ Cross sections for trenches, drainage pits, trench drains, etc. ❑ Fill material description and quantity • Proposed location of stockpiles and material description ❑ Pavement cross-section showing subgrade depth, surfacing material depth, and material descriptions for subgrade and surface 0 Locations, specifications and cross -sections of temporary erosion control 0 Permanent stabilization of exposed ground ❑ Abandon or remove existing utilities — capped at the main C-8 DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS DEVELOPMENT-SingleFanmily Residence Access Surface Water 11 One access (dhvevvay) [l 1U'tuzO'vvideatROW El Existing and proposed onsitedrainage [] Roof downspout controls NN Turning radii atproperty line is5' NN Locations, materials, sizes, slopes, and lengths [l Maximum 15%grade El Paved connection from access to ROW pavement [l Driveway paved from property line onto property for atleast 20' for proposed storm drainage [] Pipes with slopes over 15%must beanchored NN Access provided toeasennent/s\ or ROW Water Sewer NN Location ofwells within lOO'of NN Existing septic tank location the site [l Abandoned wells El Existing water meter and lines, locations, sizes El water meter reused [l Water connection reused [] Abandon septic system El Existing lateral [] Existing connection reused NN Abandoned pipes capped atmain [] Size and location ofthe water main El Correct stub location [] Engineered plans for sewer main extension NN Abandoned water capped atthe main [l Size and location ofthe water main (nninirnurn 8'') El Correct stub location [l Engineered plans for water main extension NN Lateral location, size (minimum 4''),and materials [] Lateral length 150' or shorter El Lateral length greater than 15n-sewer main extension and manhole [l Slope z%to5o% NN Nearest fire hydrant location NN Anchored pipes onslopes over 15% [l 1" pipe for sprinkled house El Pipe locations, sizes, and materials [l Water meter size [] Pipe 5' ormore from building, except at entrance to building [] One foot cover El Clean out atbuilding [] Clean outs at10o'interva|s-property line to building NN Water meter located atproperty line within City ROW [l Water meter located onproperty -easernentto[ity [] Meter inaccess has reinforced box El Water and sewer lines 1o' horizontal separation [l Water line otleast 18''above sanitary sewer line NN Test tee atproperty line [] Water and sewer lines 10'horizontal separation El Water line atleast 18»above sanitary sewer line [] Sewer line sleeved APPENDIX D REVISION REQUEST FORM _4. 0 .1906 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT INFRASTUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS REVISION REQUEST FORM DATE CHANGE REQUESTED MANUAL VERSION REFERENCED DESCRIBE REQUESTED REVISION: Include Chapter, page number, section heading, paragraph number, and desired change. Indicate if changes are required to corresponding standard drawing(s) and list drawing number. Provide justification and attach supporting information as applicable. YOUR NAME ADDRESS BUSINESS OR FIRM PHONE E-MAIL DEPARTMENT REVIEW DECISION DATE ACCEPTED M&O MANAGER DATE CHANGE MADE PW DIRECTOR DATE D-1 APPENDIX E PREFERRED BIORETENTION PLANTS Large Street Trees Large Street Trees - Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Plant Strip Width Characteristics Acer freemanii var. 'Autumn Blaze' Autumn Blaze Maple 2 3 50' 40' 20'-40' 6' Fast-growing; dense, oval crown; excellent autumn colors Acer nigrum var. 'Green Column' Green Column Sugar Maple 2 3 65' 25' 12' 25' 6' Similar to A. saccharum, but more resistant to heat and drought Acer rubrum Red Maple 2 3 60' 40' 20'-40' 6' Red twigs and branchlets; does not tolerate excessive pollution Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore Maple 2 3 40' 40' 20'-40' 6' Autumn color dependent on variant; moderate growth rate Acer saccharum var. 'Bonfire' Bonfire Sugar Maple 2 3 50' 40' 20' 40' 6' Fast growing; stout branches form a dense canopy Acer saccharum 'Commemoration' Commemoration Sugar Maple 2 3 50' 35' 17'-35' 6' Fast growing; stout branches form a dense canopy Acer saccharum Green Mountain' Mountain Sugar Maple 2 3 45' 35' 17'-35' 6' Fast growing; stout branches form a dense canopy; tolerant of heat and drought E-1 Large Street Trees - Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Plant Strip Characteristics Width Aesculus x carnea Crimson spring -time blossoms; var. 'Briotti' Red Horse chestnut 2 3 40' 30' 15'-30' 6' rounded crown with dark green leaves; mature trees cast dense shade Attractive light gray bark; dark green Alnus rubra 45'- 20'- leaves with rust -colored underside; Red Alder 1 2 3 50' 30' 10'-30' 6' most common alder of the Pacific Northwest Cercidiphyllum Pyramidal in shape; heart shaped leaves; to enhance fall color, water japonicum Katsura 2 3 40' 25' 12'-25' 6' less in the late summer months; leaves smell like brown sugar in the fall Fraxinus americana Autumn Applause 2 3 80' 50' 25'-50' Fast-growing; useful as a shade tree; 6' oval -shaped crown Ash Fraxinus latifolia 2 3 60' 35' 17'-35' 6' Tolerant of wet conditions Oregon Ash Fraxinus pennsylvanica 30'- 30'- Compact, oval crown; dense; strong 15'-30' 6' 'Patmore' 50' 50' resistance to disease and pests Patmore Ash Fraxinus pennsylvanica 30'- 30'- 3 15'-50' 6' Pyramidal in shape; dense 'Urbanite' 50' 50' Urbanite Ash Gingko biloba 'Princeton Sentry' 35'- 15'- Pollution and heat tolerant; pyramidal 2 3 8'-20' 6' in shape; autumn leaves fall to forma Princeton Sentry 50' 20' beautiful groundcover blanket Gingko E-2 Large Street Trees - Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Plant Strip Characteristics Width Gingko biloba 'Magyar' Magyar Gingko 2 3 50' 25' 12'-25' Pollution and heat tolerant; upright and narrow in shape; autumn leaves 6' fall to form a beautiful groundcover blanket Gleditsia triacanthos inermis Honeylocust 2 3 70' 25'- 35' 12'-35' (varies) Thornless variety; green, fernlike leaves; tolerant of acidic soils, salt, 8' drought, cold, heat, wind, and pollution Liriodendron tulipi fera Tulip Tree 3 60'- 80 40' 20'-40' Fast-growing; straight trunk with 8' pyramidal crown; thrives in rich, well - drained soil Liquidambar styraciflua var. 'Rotundiloba' Fruitless Gum Tree 1 2 60' 30' 15'-30' Aggressive root structure that requires a large planting strip; mixed autumn color of purple, yellow and red; resistant to oak root fungus Nyssa sylvatica Tupelo 2 3 30'- 50' 15'- 25' 8'-25' (varies) Crooked branches with a reddish bark; 6' produces excellent shade; tolerant of poor draining soils Quercus coccinea Scarlet Oak 60'- 80' 40'- 60' 20'-60' (varies) Pyramidal when young, but round 6' when mature; gray -brown bark Quercus frainetto Italian Oak 3 100' 70' 35'-70' Fast-growing; dark gray bark,' glossy 6' deep green leaves; symmetrical Quercus garryana Oregon Oak 40'- 90' 30'- 60' 15'-60' (varies) Gray, scaly bark; leathery and glossy 8 green leaves Quercus imbricaria Shingle Oak 3 50' 40' 20'-40' (varies) 6' Grows roughly 1' per year; gray brown bark; lance -shaped leaves E-3 Large Street Trees - Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Plant Strip Characteristics Width Quercus macrocarpa Bur Oak 3 60'- 75' 30'- 40' 15'-40' (varies) Flaky, grayish brown bark; acorns have a fringed cap Quercus phellos Willow Oak 3 50'- 90' 30'- 50' 15'-50' (varies) Pyramidal in shape; smooth gray bark Quercus robur English Oak 3 50 _ 60' 30' 15'-30' No significant fall color; fast growing tree; short trunk with wide, sprawling crown Quercus rubra Red Oak 2 3 60'- 75' 50' 25'-50' 8' Fast-growing; round canopy; requires fertile soil and regular moisture Quercus velutina Black Oak 3 50' 45' 22'-45' Tolerant of many soils; acorns have a fringed cap; black bark in maturity that produces a yellow dye Tilia americana var. 'Redmond' Redmond Linden 2 40'- 60' 20'- 25' 10'-25' (varies) Straight-trunked tree with a narrow crown Tilia cordata 'Degroot' Degroot Littleleaf Linden 2 30'- 50' 15'- 30' 8'-30' (varies) 5' Very tolerant of urban conditions; excellent shade tree when given room to grow Tilia cordata 'Chancole' Chancelor Linden 2 30'- 50' 15'- 30' 8'-30' (varies) 6' Very tolerant of urban conditions; excellent shade tree when given room to grow E-4 Large Street Trees - Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Plant Strip Characteristics Width Tilia tomentosa var. 'Sashazam' Satin Shadow Silver Linden 2 40'- 50' 20'- 30' 10'-30' (varies) Light green leaves that are silvery on the underside; tolerant of heat and drought Tilia petiolaris Pendant Silver Linden 2 3 70' 40' 20'-40' Weeping branches; dark green leaves have a fuzzy underside that give the tree a silvery appearance in the wind Zelkova serrata 'Greenvase' Green Vase Zelkova 3 45' 40' 20'-40' 6' Attractive bark; tolerant of drought and wind; good shade tree; vase - shaped Zelkova serrata 'Village Green' Village Green Zelkova 3 45' 40' 20'-40' 6' Attractive bark; tolerant of drought and wind; good shade tree; vase - shaped Medium Street Trees Medium Street Trees - Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Plant Strip Width Characteristics Acer campestre Dense, rounded crown; many cultivars 2 3 30' 30' 15'-30' 5' of similar growth; grows well in the Hedge Maple Pacific Northwest Acer truncatum x A. platanoides 30'- Fast-growing; tolerant of heat and 'Warrens Red' 2 3 35' 25' 12'-25' S' drought dark green, glossy leaves Pacific Sunset Maple E-5 Medium Street Trees - Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Plant Strip Width Characteristics Betula albosinensis var. septentrionalis Chinese Red Birch 2 3 40' 35' 18'-35' 5' Flaking orange to orange -brown bark Betula papyfera Paper Birch 2 3 50'- 60' 25' 12'-25' 6' Attractive, creamy -white bark Carpinus caroliniana American Hornbeam 2 3 25' 25' 12'-25' 5' Attractive, smooth blue -gray bark; can be single or multi-trunked Cladrastis kentukea Yellow wood 2 30'- 50' 30'-50' 15'-50' (varies) Gray bark; beautiful fall color; deep rooting, so it is possible to plant beneath the tree Corpus controversa 'June Snow' Giant Dogwood 2 3 40'- 60' 40'-60' 20'-60' (varies) 5' Fast-growing; picturesque branches; full sun is necessary for best bloom Corpus florida x nuttallii Eddie's White Wonder Dogwood 2 3 30' 20' 10'-20' 5' Clusters of tiny flowers in mid -spring Corylus cornuta Beaked Hazelnut 2 3 20' 10' 5'-10' 5' Vase -like shape; needs adequate space to grow; catkins add winter interest E-6 Medium Street Trees - Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Plant Strip Width Characteristics Crataegus crus- galli var. 'lnermis' Thornless Cockspur Hawthorne 3 20'- 30' 20'-35' 10'-35' (varies) 5' Smooth, glossy green leaves; clusters of white flowers in the spring months; tiny fruits attractive to bees and birds Crataegus x lavalii Lavalle Hawthorne 3 25' 20' 10'-20' 5' Dark green leathery leaves; clusters of red fruits add winter color Fagus sylvatica var. 'Dawyck' Beech Tree 2 3 35' 8' 4'-8' Cone -like shape; smooth gray bark; roots near the surface, which inhibits lawn or plant growth Gingko biloba Autumn Gold' Autumn Gold Gingko 2 3 35 _ 50' 15'-20' 8.20, (varies) 6' Pollution and heat tolerant; pyramidal in shape; autumn leaves fall to form a beautiful groundcover blanket Halesia monticola Mountain Silverbell 2 60' 40' 20'-40' Bell -shaped flowers; attractive when planted with rhododendrons Magnolia grandiflora var. 'Victoria' Southern Magnolia 2 3 20' 15' 8'-15' Evergreen; broad, dark green leaves; large white, fragrant flowers; unpredictable in form E-7 Medium Street Trees - Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Plant Strip Width Characteristics Magnolia x kewensis var. 'Wada's Memory' Wada's Memory Magnolia 2 3 30' 20' 10'-20' Deciduous; new leaves are copper in color; casts dense shade Oxydendrum arboretum Sourwood 2 3 15'- 30' 20' 10'-20' 5' Pyramidal shape; fragrant summer flowers; requires well -drained soils Prunus cerasifera var. 'Krauter Vesuvius' Cherry Plum 2 3 20' 20' 10'-20' 5' Dense, upright crown; blooms best and retains purple -leafed color in full sun; tolerant of moist well -drained soils Pyrus calleryana Ornamental Pear 3 50' 50' 25'-50' Horizontal branching pattern; fall color depends on variant Quercus ilex Holly Oak 2 3 30' - 60' 30' - 60' 15'-60' (varies) Evergreen; dense, rounded crown; tolerant of salt air; susceptible to sudden oak death Rhamnus purshiana Cascara 2 3 20'- 40' 10'-30' 5'-30' (varies) 5' Smooth gray bark; picturesque branches; dark green leaves Sophorajaponica Regent' Japanese Pagoda Tree 3 45' 40' 20'-40' 6' Fast-growing; dark green leaflets; tolerant of urban conditions; great shade tree E-8 Medium Street Trees - Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Plant Strip Width Characteristics Sorbus aucuparis 'Mitchred' Cardinal Royal Mountain Ash 2 3 20'- 40' 15'-25' 8'-25' (varies) 5' Dense oval -to -round crown Sorbus x hybridia Oakleaf Royal Mountain Ash 2 3 20'- 30 20'-30' 10'-30' (varies) 5 Blue-green foliage Styraxjaponicus Japanese Snowbell 2 30' 30' 15'-30' 5' Slender trunk; strong horizontal branches; beautiful flowers warrant it being planted in a highly -visited area Ulmus parvifolia 'Emer l' Athena Classic Elm 2 35' 50' 25'-50' 5' Fast-growing; long, weeping branches; excellent street tree or screening tree Ulmus parvifolia Emer ll' Allee Elm 2 70' 60' 30' 60' 5' Long, weeping branches; excellent street tree or screening tree Small Trees Small Street Trees - Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing 10'-25' (varies) Plant Strip Width 5' Characteristics Round crown with glossy green leaves; low and spreading growth; stake and prune to make tree branch high Acer buergeranum Trident Maple 2 3 20'-25' 20'-25' Acer circinatum Vine Maple 2 3 30' 30' 15'-30' 5' Small, nearly symmetrical tree; multiple trunks E-9 Small Street Trees - Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Plant Strip Width Characteristics Acer grandidentum var. 'Schmidt' Rocky Mountain Glow Maple 2 3 20'-25' 15' 8'-15' 5' Very hardy tree; tolerant of most soil conditions; oval crown Acer ginnala Amur Maple 2 3 25' 25' 12'-25' 5' Showy, red -twigged seeds in the summer months Acer miyabei var. 'Morton' State Street Maple 2 3 40' 30' 15'-30' 6' Fast-growing; attractive autumn color Acer palmatum Japanese Maple 2 3 20' 20' 10'-20' 5' Fast-growing; the most delicate of maple trees; many branches; young spring foliage is red, turning to green in the summer; fall colors vary Acer rubrum var. 'Bowhall' Bowhall Maple 2 3 45' 40' 20'-40' 6' Fast-growing, tolerates most soils; performs best in native, low -traffic areas Acer rubrum var. 'Doric' Doric Maple 2 3 45' 40' 20'-40' 6' Fast-growing, tolerates most soils; performs best in native, low -traffic areas Acer triflorum Three -Flower Maple 2 3 25' 20' 10'-20' 5' Multi -season interest; beautiful autumn color; tan bark E-10 Small Street Trees - Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Plant Strip Width Characteristics Amelanchier grandiflora Autumn Brilliance Serviceberry 2 3 20' 15' 8'-15' 4' Strong stems; blue-green foliage; drooping clusters of white flowers Betula albosinensis var. 'Septentrionalis' Chinese Red Birch 2 3 40' 35' 18'-35' 5' Flaking orange to orange -brown bark Cercis canadensis Eastern Redbud 2 3 25'-35' 25'-35' 12'-35' (varies) 5' The fastest growing redbucl; horizontally tiered branches; needs adequately drained soils Corms mas Cornelian Cherry Dogwood 2 3 15'-20' 15'-20' 8'-20' (varies) 5' The earliest dogwood to bloom; gray and tan bark provides winter interest Corpus rutgersensis var. 'Aurora' Aurora Stellar Dogwood 2 3 20' 25'-30' 12'-30' (varies) 5' Disease resistant hybrid of C. florida and C. kousa; single trunked; beautiful autumn color Corpus rutgersensis var. 'Celestial' Celestial Stellar Dogwood 2 3 20' 25'-30' 12'-30' (varies) 5' Disease resistant hybrid of C. florida and C. kousa; single trunked; beautiful autumn color E-11 Small Street Trees - Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Plant Strip Width Characteristics Corpus rutgersensis var. 'Stellar Pink' Stellar Pink Dogwood 2 3 20' 25'-30' 12'-30' (varies) 5' Disease resistant hybrid of C. florida and C. kousa; single trunked; beautiful autumn color Cotinus obovatus American Smoke Tree 3 25' 25' 12'-25' 10'-20' S' S' Unusual and colorful; excellent screening tree; ; blue-green foliage Open limb structure; shiny red winter fruits Crataegus phaenopyrum Washington Hawthorn 3 25' 20' Lagerstoemia hybrids Crape Myrtle 3 10' 30' (varies) 10' 30' (varies) 5'-30' (varies) 5' Fall color depends on species, typically yellow, red, or orange; showy summer flowers Hamamelis mollis Chinese Witch Hazel 2 3 30' 30' 15'-30' 5' Round, dark green leaves; fragrant winter flowers Koelreuteria paniculata Goldenrain Tree 2 3 20'-35' 25'-40' 12'-40' (varies) S' Tolerant of urban conditions; open branches provide shade; spring leaves are purple, maturing to green in the summer Magnolia 'Galaxy' Galaxy Magnolia 2 3 25' 25' 12'-25' S' Fast-growing; conical shape; showy flowers E-1 2 Small Street Trees - Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Plant Strip Width Characteristics Magnolia grandiflora var. 'Little Gem' Dwarf Southern Magnolia 2 3 20'-25' 10'-15' 5'-15' (varies) 5' Evergreen; branches to the ground; less hardy than other Magnolia species Magnolia x loebneri Loebner Magnolia 2 3 12'-15' 12'-15' 6'-15' (varies) 5' Deciduous; blooms appear before leaves in the spring Malus var. 'Golden Raindrops' Golden Raindrops Crabapple 2 3 20' 15' 8'-25' 5' Disease resistant; tolerant of many soil types; elegant, horizontally spreading limbs Malus var. 'Lancelot' Lancelot Crabapple 3 8' 8' 4'-8' 5' Beautiful spring -time white flowers; golden fruit in the autumn months Parrotia persica Persian Parrotia 2 3 15'-30' 20' 10'-20' 5' Smooth gray bark with white patches; colorful tree year-round Prunus yedoensis var. Akebono' Akebono Flowering Cherry 2 3 25' 25' 12'-25' 6' Most common cherry tree in the Pacific Northwest; disease resistant E-1 3 Small Street Trees - Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Plant Strip Width Characteristics Quercus shumardii Shumard Oak 2 3 40' 35' 18'-35' 6' Pyramidal when young, grows to a open crown in maturity; similar in appearance to the Scarlet Oak; tolerates most soil conditions Sorbus americana var. 'Dwarfcrown' Red Cascade Mountain Ash 2 3 16' 8' 4'-8' 5' Very hardy and tolerant of wet soils; compact growth; orange red fruits Styrax obassia Fragrant Snowbell 2 20'-30' 25' 12'-25' 5' Oval -to -round crown; flowers in drooping clusters Syringa reticulate Japanese Tree Lilac 2 30' 20' 10'-20' Can be grown as a shrub or single stemmed tree; useful as a small shade tree; smooth red bark Conifers for Special Sites Conifers for Special Sites - Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Plant Strip Width Characteristics Calocedrus decurrens California Incense Cedar 3 75'- 90 15' 8'-15' 10' Produces a sweet fragrance in the summer; can grow up to 2' per year once established Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar 2 3 80' 40' 20'-40' 10' Fast growing tree; branches to ground, with bottom branches sweeping upward; many cultivars with a variety of needle colors E-1 4 Conifers for Special Sites - Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Plant Strip Width Characteristics Chamaecyparis nootkatensis Alaskan Yellow Cedar 2 3 80' 25' 12'-25' 10' Tiny, scale -like leaves of blue-green; branches to ground in drooping pattern Metasequoia glyptostroboides Dawn Redwood 3 90' 60' 30'-60' 8' Fast-growing tree; pyramidal in shape with soft, pale green needles and small cones; thrives in well - drained soil Picea omorika Serbian Spruce 3 50' 6'-10' 60' 3' 10' (varies) 6' Conical in shape; shiny green needles with white underside; branches to ground; stow growing Taxodium distichum Bald Cypress 2 3 50'- 70 20'-30' 10'-30' (varies) 8'delicate Pyramidal in shape; feathery, foliage; resistant to disease and pests Thuja plicata Western Red Cedar 3 50'- 25'-60' 100' 12' 60' (varies) 12' Many cultivars; slender, drooping branches with dark green leaves; requires adequate space to grow Umbelluaria call fornica California Bay Laurel 1 2 3 up to up 75' to100' 50'-100' 12' Huge, gumdrop shaped shrub or tree. depending on how it is grown; leaves can be used as a sweet bay substitute in cooking; fruiting in summer months E-1 5 Bioretention Plants — Sedges and Rushes Bioretention Plants — Sedges and Rushes Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Characteristics Carex obnupta 12" - up to 1 2 36" Spreads quickly; excellent soil binder Slough sedge 36" 48" Carex oshimensis 'Evergold' 2 3 12" - 24" - 28„ Variegated leaves with white band; great Variegted Japanese 24" 36" for planting along sidewalk edges Sedge Carex stipata 24"- 1 24"-36" 28" Speads quickly; long, tapered foliage Sawbeak Sedge 36" Juncus acuminatus 6" - 12" - 1 18" Red -brown flowers; delicate Taper -tipped Rush 18" 24" Juncus ensifolius 6" Pom-pom like flowers; adds interest to 1 6" - 9" 6" Dagger -lead Rush 15" landscape Juncus tenuis 6" - 1 2 6" - 30" 22" Bright green foliage Slender Rush 20" Scirpus acutus 1 10' 6' 4' Gray -green to dark green foliage; dense Hardstem Bulrush Scirpus microcarpus 24" - 12" - 1 18" Spreads quickly; excellent soil binder Small -fruited Bulrush 36" 24" E-16 Bioretention - Ornamental Plants Bioretention Ornamental Plants Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Characteristics Aster chilensis 24"- Low -growing plant; shear when blooming 2 3 18"-36" 18"-28" California Aster 36" ceases in the autumn, returns in the spring Aquilegia formosa 12"- Excellent in wooland areas; attracts 2 3 12"-36" 18"-28" Western Columbine 36" pollinators; tolerant of shallow flooding Arctostaphylos uva-ursi 2 3 6" - 24" - 18"-28" Glossy, leathery leaves; low- growing ground cover; easy -care once Kinnikinnick or 12" 36" established; bell -shaped flowers; red berries Bearberry Asarum Glossy leaves that exude the fragrance of caudatum 2 3 4"-6" 36" 18"-28" ginger when crushed Wild ginger Athyrium 36"- f lix- femina 1 2 3 60" 24" 12"-18" Fast-growing; tolerant of shallow flooding Lady fern Blechnum spicant 12"- Dark, glossy leaves with a crinkled texture; 1 2 3 24" 12"-18" Deer fern 36" tolerant of shallow flooding Camassia Linear foliage; flowers range in color from 36"- leichtlinii 2 3 12"-24" 12"-18" white, cream, blue or purple; excellent fresh- 48"cut flower Leichtlin's camass Camassia Distinct clusters of flowers make this plant quamash Common camass 2 3 18" 12" 6"-9" attractive in mass plantings; best when planted in the autumn after weather cools E-17 Bioretention Ornamental Plants Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Characteristics Corms canadensis Bunchberry 2 3 6"-9" 6"-9" 4.5"-7" Performs best in full shade; excellent complement to rhododendrons or ferns Dicentra formosa Pacific Bleeding Heart 2 3 12" 24" 12"-18" Delicate foliage; distinct spring -time flowers Deschampsia cespitosa Tufted hair grass 2 3 6" - 12" 24" 12"-18" Stunning grassy foliage with creamy white variegation that turns pink in winter; spring- time inflorescence can make plant 4'-tall Fragaria chiloensis Beach Strawberry 2 3 10" 36" 18"-28" Forms a lush, compact groundcover; cut back in the early spring to prompt new growth and prevent stem build-up; ornamental berries Fragaria vesca Alpine Strawberry 2 3 10" 36" 18"-28" Bears tiny, fragrant (and edible) berries in the summer months; attracts butterflies; likes some afternoon shade Festuca idahoensis Idaho Fescue 3 24" 24" 12"-18" Dense plant; gray -green foliage; excellent when planted alongside sidewalks or used as a groundcover Hemerocallis Daylily y y 2 2 24"- 48„ 24" 12"-18" Attracts pollinators; flower color dependent on cultivar (pink, red, orange, purple, yellow) Heuchera varieties Alumroot 2 3 24"- 36" 18" 9"-14" Many cultivars available; dintinct foliage and flower colors of chartreuse, white, and scarlet Iris douglasiana Douglas Iris 1 2 3 24" 24" 12"- 18" Clumping foliage; beautiful purple flowers are nice color addition to planting scheme E-18 Bioretention Ornamental Plants Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Characteristics Iris tenax Beautiful blue and purple flowers; nice color Oregon Iris 1 2 3 18" 12" 6"-9" addition to any planting scheme Lillium Produces one to six unscented blooms per columbianum 2 3 5'-6' 36" 18"-28" stem; attracts butterflies Tiger Lily Lupinus varieties 18"- Attacts butterflies and caterpillars; many Lupine 3 48" 24"-30" 15"-22" cultivars available Nothochelone up to up to nemorosa 3 40" 40" 20"-30" Flowers continuously throughout the summer Turtlehead Ophiopogon planiscarpos Black foliage makes this an excellent accent Black Mondo grass 3 12" 12" 6"-9" when used with brightly flowering plants; maintains color Penstemon Beautiful blue and purple flowers, depending 4"-24" 12"-24" 12"-18" varieties 3 on variant; nice color addition to planting Pemstemon (varies) (varies) (Varies) scheme; attracts hummingbirds Polystichum munitum 36"- Beautiful foliage and size allows this plant to Western Sword 2 3 48" 36"-60" 30"-45" stand out in planting schemes Fern Sedum Spoon -shaped blue-green foliage, depending 4"-6" 8"-12" 6"-9" varieties 3 on variant; trailing stems; excellent as a Sedum (varies) (varies) (varies) groundcover E-1 Bioretention Ornamental Plants Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Characteristics Sidalcea varieties Checkermallows, Cherckerblooms 1 36"- 48" (varies) 24"-36" (varies) 18"-28" (varies) Fast-growing; many cultivars are appropriate for biortention cells, including S. hendersonii Smilacina racemosa Solomon's Plume 2 3 12"- 36" 12"-36" 18"-28" Creamy spring -time blossoms are followed by yellow -green berries that turn to red; attracts birds; fragrant flowers Solidago canadensis Goldenrod 2 3 36" 24" 12"-18" Small bright -yellow flowers make a lively addition to any planting scheme; narrow lance -shaped leaves Tellima grandiflora Fringecup 2 3 12" 12" 6"-9" Foliage maintains appearance throughout the winter Tiarella trifoliata Western Foam flower 2 3 12" 12" 6"-9" Dense; foliage maintains appearance throughout the winter Trillium ovatum Western Trillium 2 3 18" 12" 6"-9" Unique flower to add to any planting scheme Vancouveria hexandra Duck's Foot 2 3 12" 12"-36" 18"-28" Foliage maintains appearance throughout the winter E-20 Bioretention - Small to Medium Shrubs Bioretention — Small to Medium Shrubs Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Characteristics Cistus salvifolius 'Prostrates' Sageleaf Rockrose 3 2' 6' 3'-4.5' Evergreen; excellent for erosion control on banks; light gray -green leaves Corms sanguinea Bloodtwig Dogwood 1 2 3 6' 6' 3'-4.5' Stunning red stems in the winter months; beautiful addition to bioretention cell for winter interest Corms sericea Dogwood 1 2 3 3'-8' 3'-5' 2.5'-4' Many cultivars available, including 'Flavimera' and 'Kelseyi; stunning colored stems in the winter months Gaultheria shallon Salal 2 3 5' 5' 2.5'-4' Fast-growing when planted in shaded areas, otherwise difficult to establish Holodiscus discolor Cream Bush 3 8' 15' 7.5'-12' Attracts pollinators; excellent soil binder Mahonia aquifolium Oregon Grape 2 3 6'-1 0' 5' 2.5' 4' Attracts pollinators; blue and black berries Osmanthus burkwoodii Hybrid Sweet Olive 2 3 6'-10' 8'-12' 6'-9' Leathery, glossy dark -green foliage; excellent when used as a hedge; tolerant of many soils Osmanthus delavayi y Sweet Olive 3 5'-20' 7'-20' 10'-15' Evergreen; dark green leaves with tubular flowers; year-round interest Philadelphus lewisii Mock -Orange 2 3 5'-10' 5'-10' 5'-7.5' Founstain-shaped plant; aromatic flowers E-21 Bioretention — Small to Medium Shrubs Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Characteristics Physocarpus capitatus Pacific Ninebark 1 2 3 5'-10' 5'-10' 5'-7.5' Dense clusters of flowers; plamts resemble spirea; rejuvenate old plantings by cutting to ground Physocarpos opulifolius Common Ninebark 2 3 5'-10' 3'-6' 3'-4.5' Dense clusters of flowers; plamts resemble spirea; rejuvenate old plantings by cutting to ground Pinus mugo-mugo Dwarf Mugo Pine 3 4' 5' 2.5'-4' Low -growing; performs well, but variable in growing habit; great as an anchor plant Rhododendron varieties Rhododendron 2 3 10' (varies) 10' (varies) 5'-7.5' (varies) Many cultivars that vary in bloomtime, size, and color; leathery leafed with stunning flowers Ribes sanguineum Red -Flowering Currant 2 3 5'-1 2' 10' 5'-7.5' Produces drooping clusters of flowers Rosa gymnocarpa Baldhip Rose 2 3 5' 1'-2' 1'-1.5' Fast-growing to 3'; slender; small rose with delicate stems and flowers; stems are bristled Rosa pisocarpa Swamp Rose 2 3 10' 3'-6' 3'-4.5' Unique among roses given its preference for wet, almost swampy conditions; stems have thorns Rosa nutkana Nootka Rose 2 3 6' 4' 2'-3' Arching stems with gray -green leaves Rubus spectabilis Salmonberry 1 2 3 10' 10' 5'-7.5' Fast-growing; excellent soil binder Salix purpurea Purple Osier 1 2 3 15' 15' 7.5'-12' Dark green leaves with blue underside; striking purple branches; cut to ground if overgrown E-22 Bioretention — Small to Medium Shrubs Name Zone Height Spread On Center Spacing Characteristics Sambucus nigra Elderberry 1 2 3 8' 8' 4' 6' Dramatic accent plant fragrant white flowers Symphoricarpos albus Snowberry 2 3 6' 6' 3'-4.5' Pink spring -time flowers are followed by white berries that last through the winter; great for erosion control Thuja plicata 'Whipcord' Dwarf Red Cedar 2 3 4' 4' 2'-3' Unusual and unique planting; cascading branches form a nice mound; bronze winter color Vaccinium parvifolium Red Huckleberry 2 3 4'-1 2' 6' 3' 4.5' Thin branches with cascading habit create a beautfil silhouette Bioretention — Large Shrubs and Trees Bioretention — Large Shrubs and Trees Name Zone Height Spread Plant Strip Width On Center Spacing Characteristics Acer circinatum Vine Maple 2 3 30' 30' 5' 15' Small, nearly symmetrical tree; multiple trunks Alnus rubra Red Alder 1 2 3 45'-50' 20'-30' 6' 15' Attractive light gray bark; dark green leaves with rust -colored underside; most common alder of the Pacific Northwest Betula papyfera Paper Birch 2 3 50'-60' 25' 6' 12.5' Attractive, creamy -white bark E-23 Bioretention — Large Shrubs and Trees Name Zone Height Spread Plant Strip Width On Center Spacing Characteristics Corms varieties Cherry Tree 3 20' 20' (varies) (varies) 5' 10' (varies) Highly adapatable to environment; many appropriate cultivars available Corytus cornuta Beaked Hazlenut 2 3 20' 10' 5' 5' Vase -like shape; needs adequate space to grow; catkins add winter interest Crataegus x tavalii Lavalle Hawthorne 3 25' 20' 5' 10' Dark green leathery leaves; clusters fof red fruits add winter color Fraxinus late fotia Oregon Ash 1 2 60' 35' 6' 18' Tolerant of wet conditions Lonicera invotucrata Black Twinberry 1 2 9' 10' 5' Attractive to hummingbirds Malus fusca Pacific Crabapple 1 2 10'-30' 10'-30' 15' Requires adequate room to grow; fragrant apple blossoms of white or pink; bears fruit Myrica californica Pacific Wax Myrtle 1 2 15' 15' 5' 5' Many upright trunks; branches are densely covered in foliage; purple nutlets attract birds; useful in screening Parrotia persica Persian Parrotia 2 3 15'-30' 20' 5' 10' Smooth gray bark with white patches; colorful tree year-round E-24. Bioretention — Large Shrubs and Trees Name Zone Height Spread Plant Strip Width On Center Spacing Characteristics Rhamnus purshiana Cascara 2 3 20' 40' 10' 30' S' 15' Smooth gray bark; picturesque branches; dark green leaves Useful as a screening plant or windbreaker; aggressive roots are excellent for stablizing banks Salix lucida Pacific Willow 2 15'-45' 30' 15' Salix sitchensis Sitka Willow 1 2 25' 15' 7.5' Multi -stemmed; gray -brown bark; useful in screening Sambucus caerulea Blue Elderberry 2 3 10'-30' 8'-20' 10' Clusters of summertime blue or black berries follow spring -time flowers Thuja plicata Western Red Cedar 2 3 50'- 100' 25'-60' 12' 30' Many cultivars; slender, drooping branches with dark green leaves; requires adequate space to grow E-25 APPENDIX F MARKERBALL INSTALLATION LOG ? ill � My4 of s4; it - $ pp F-1 APPENDIX G DEVIATION REQUEST FORM City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 206-431-3670 Web site hup://w vva.tuhvilawa.gov Applicant Information ENGINEERING DEVIATION REQUEST PERMIT NUMBER DATE SUBMITTED Deviations from design standards must be signed, stamped, and dated by a Professional Engineer NAME BUSINESS/ORGANIZATION COMPLETE MAILING ADDRESS PRIMARY PHONE ALTERNATE PHONE E-MAIL This is a formal request to the City of Tukwila Public Works Director to consider a deviation request for approval to depart from the City's adopted code or infrastructure design and construction standards. The proposed deviation must be based on sound engineering judgement and achieve an equivalent level of safety, function, environmental protection, and life -cycle performance as required by the City's standards. Request to Deviate from TMC Section (number and chapter) Infrastructure System affected (e.g. streets, water, sewer, storm, etc.) Property Address and Location Summary of Deviation Request Reference City Requires Proposed Deviation Justification List and Describe All Supporting Documents (Include drawings or illustrations as appropriate to clearly communicate request) Document Attached Relevance G-1